Fix for latest

Amend 85513de24

.github/FUNDING.yml

@@ -1 +1 @@
-custom: ['https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors']
+custom: ['https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding']

.github/workflows/build.yml

@@ -489,12 +489,12 @@ jobs:
         popd
         make -C examples/example_sdl2_opengl3 -f Makefile.emscripten
 
-    - name: Build example_emscripten_wgpu
+    - name: Build example_glfw_wgpu
       run: |
         pushd emsdk-master
         source ./emsdk_env.sh
         popd
-        make -C examples/example_emscripten_wgpu -f Makefile.emscripten
+        make -C examples/example_glfw_wgpu -f Makefile.emscripten
 
   Android:
     runs-on: ubuntu-22.04

.gitignore

@@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ examples/*.o.tmp
 examples/*.out.js
 examples/*.out.wasm
 examples/example_glfw_opengl3/web/*
+examples/example_glfw_wgpu/web/*
+examples/example_glfw_wgpu/external/*
 examples/example_sdl2_opengl3/web/*
-examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/web/*
 
 ## JetBrains IDE artifacts
 .idea

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+This is a fork of [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) to style based on Windows 98
+
+[Compare diff from master](https://github.com/JakeCoxon/imgui-win98/compare/master...JakeCoxon:win98)
+
+![Screenshot](screenshot.png)

backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp

@@ -423,6 +423,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplAllegro5_KeyCodeToImGuiKey(int key_code)
 bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init(ALLEGRO_DISPLAY* display)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -490,8 +491,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_UpdateKeyModifiers()
 // Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.
 bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_ProcessEvent(ALLEGRO_EVENT* ev)
 {
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplAllegro5_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     switch (ev->type)
     {
@@ -586,7 +588,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_UpdateMouseCursor()
 void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplAllegro5_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->Texture)
         ImGui_ImplAllegro5_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_android.cpp

@@ -263,6 +263,8 @@ int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(const AInputEvent* input_event)
 
 bool ImGui_ImplAndroid_Init(ANativeWindow* window)
 {
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+
     g_Window = window;
     g_Time = 0.0;
 

backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp

@@ -534,6 +534,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplDX10_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
 bool    ImGui_ImplDX10_Init(ID3D10Device* device)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX10_Shutdown()
 void ImGui_ImplDX10_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX10_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX10_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX10_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplDX10_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->pFontSampler)
         ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp

@@ -546,6 +546,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
 bool    ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_context)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown()
 void ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX11_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplDX11_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->pFontSampler)
         ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp

@@ -702,6 +702,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(ID3D12Device* device, int num_frames_in_flight, DXGI_FO
                          D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE font_srv_cpu_desc_handle, D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE font_srv_gpu_desc_handle)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -750,7 +751,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX12_Shutdown()
 void ImGui_ImplDX12_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX12_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX12_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX12_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplDX12_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->pPipelineState)
         ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp

@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 bool ImGui_ImplDX9_Init(IDirect3DDevice9* device)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -399,7 +400,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
 void ImGui_ImplDX9_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplDX9_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX9_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplDX9_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplDX9_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->FontTexture)
         ImGui_ImplDX9_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp

@@ -85,11 +85,15 @@
 
 #ifdef _WIN32
 #undef APIENTRY
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
 #define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32
+#endif
 #include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetWin32Window()
 #endif
 #ifdef __APPLE__
+#ifndef GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
 #define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA
+#endif
 #include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetCocoaWindow()
 #endif
 
@@ -552,6 +556,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows)
 static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
     //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED);
 
@@ -783,7 +788,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
     int w, h;
@@ -834,7 +839,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_sel
 {
     IM_ASSERT(canvas_selector != nullptr);
     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");
 
     bd->CanvasSelector = canvas_selector;
     emscripten_set_resize_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_WINDOW, bd, false, ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange);

backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp

@@ -167,6 +167,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGLUT_KeyToImGuiKey(int key)
 bool ImGui_ImplGLUT_Init()
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
 
 #ifdef FREEGLUT
     io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glut (freeglut)";

backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm

@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ struct ImGui_ImplMetal_Data
     ImGui_ImplMetal_Data()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*    ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData() { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplMetal_Data)(); }
 static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*    ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()    { return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; }
 static void                     ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData(){ IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()); }
 
@@ -125,8 +124,11 @@ bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(MTL::Device* device)
 
 bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(id<MTLDevice> device)
 {
-    ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData();
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
+
+    ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplMetal_Data)();
     io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
     io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_metal";
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
@@ -153,7 +155,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown()
 void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor)
 {
     ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd->SharedMetalContext != nil && "No Metal context. Did you call ImGui_ImplMetal_Init() ?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nil && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplMetal_Init()?");
     bd->SharedMetalContext.framebufferDescriptor = [[FramebufferDescriptor alloc] initWithRenderPassDescriptor:renderPassDescriptor];
 
     if (bd->SharedMetalContext.depthStencilState == nil)

backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp

@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ static ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData()
 bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown()
 void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->FontTexture)
         ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects();

backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp

@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2024-05-07: OpenGL: Update loader for Linux to support EGL/GLVND. (#7562)
+//  2024-04-16: OpenGL: Detect ES3 contexts on desktop based on version string, to e.g. avoid calling glPolygonMode() on them. (#7447)
 //  2024-01-09: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink.
 //  2023-11-08: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983)
 //  2023-10-05: OpenGL: Rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w is possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445)
@@ -177,9 +179,10 @@
 #endif
 
 // Desktop GL 2.0+ has extension and glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have..
+// A desktop ES context can technically compile fine with our loader, so we also perform a runtime checks
 #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
 #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS        // has glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE      // has glPolygonMode()
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE // may have glPolygonMode()
 #endif
 
 // Desktop GL 2.1+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindBuffer() with GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER target.
@@ -230,6 +233,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
     unsigned int    VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
     GLsizeiptr      VertexBufferSize;
     GLsizeiptr      IndexBufferSize;
+    bool            HasPolygonMode;
     bool            HasClipOrigin;
     bool            UseBufferSubData;
 
@@ -271,6 +275,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
 bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Initialize our loader
@@ -294,16 +299,13 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
     bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true;
 #else
     // Desktop or GLES 3
+    const char* gl_version_str = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
     GLint major = 0;
     GLint minor = 0;
     glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
     glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
     if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
-    {
-        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
-        const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
-        sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor);
-    }
+        sscanf(gl_version_str, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"
     bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
 #if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK)
     if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
@@ -313,6 +315,9 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
 
 #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
     bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
+#else
+    if (strncmp(gl_version_str, "OpenGL ES 3", 11) == 0)
+        bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
 #endif
 
     bd->UseBufferSubData = false;
@@ -327,7 +332,7 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
-    printf("GlVersion = %d\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
+    printf("GlVersion = %d, \"%s\"\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, gl_version_str, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
 #endif
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
@@ -359,6 +364,9 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
     glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &current_texture);
 
     // Detect extensions we support
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    bd->HasPolygonMode = (!bd->GlProfileIsES2 && !bd->GlProfileIsES3);
+#endif
     bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS
     GLint num_extensions = 0;
@@ -390,7 +398,7 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
 void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
         ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
@@ -412,8 +420,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid
     if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
         glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
 #endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
-    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode)
+        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
 #endif
 
     // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
@@ -501,8 +510,8 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
     GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
 #endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
-    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
+    GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); }
 #endif
     GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
     GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
@@ -640,18 +649,10 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
     // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons
-    if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat)
-    {
-        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
-        glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
-    }
-#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
+    if (bd->HasPolygonMode) { if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat) { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); } else { glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); } }
+#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_POLYGON_MODE
 
     glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
     glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
@@ -749,7 +750,7 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
     glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
     glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
-    GLint last_pixel_unpack_buffer;
+    GLint last_pixel_unpack_buffer = 0;
     if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glGetIntegerv(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_pixel_unpack_buffer); glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, 0); }
 #endif
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY

backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h

@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
 
-// Specific OpenGL ES versions
-//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2     // Auto-detected on Emscripten
-//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3     // Auto-detected on iOS/Android
+// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file:
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2     // Enable ES 2 (Auto-detected on Emscripten)
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3     // Enable ES 3 (Auto-detected on iOS/Android)
 
 // You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line.
 #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \

backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 // THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE.
 //
 // IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):
-// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
+// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCLUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
 // IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.
 // (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)
 // YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 // WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.
 //
 // Regenerate with:
-//   python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
+//   python3 gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
 //
 // More info:
 //   https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ extern "C" {
 ** included as <GL/glcorearb.h>.
 **
 ** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile
-** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which
+** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which 
 ** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will
 ** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as
 ** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing.
@@ -260,8 +260,6 @@ typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
 #define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING           0x8894
 #define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING   0x8895
 #define GL_STREAM_DRAW                    0x88E0
-#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER            0x88EC
-#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING    0x88EF
 typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
 typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
 typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
@@ -348,6 +346,10 @@ GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean
 GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
 #endif
 #endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER            0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING    0x88EF
+#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_1 */
 #ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
 typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf;
 #define GL_MAJOR_VERSION                  0x821B
@@ -663,31 +665,123 @@ static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
 #else
 #include <dlfcn.h>
 
-static void *libgl;
-static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *);
+static void* libgl;  // OpenGL library
+static void* libglx;  // GLX library
+static void* libegl;  // EGL library
+static GL3WGetProcAddressProc gl_get_proc_address;
 
-static int open_libgl(void)
+static void close_libgl(void)
 {
+    if (libgl) {
+        dlclose(libgl);
+        libgl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libegl) {
+        dlclose(libegl);
+        libegl = NULL;
+    }
+    if (libglx) {
+        dlclose(libglx);
+        libglx = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static int is_library_loaded(const char* name, void** lib)
+{
+    *lib = dlopen(name, RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL | RTLD_NOLOAD);
+    return *lib != NULL;
+}
+
+static int open_libs(void)
+{
+    // On Linux we have two APIs to get process addresses: EGL and GLX.
+    // EGL is supported under both X11 and Wayland, whereas GLX is X11-specific.
+
+    libgl = NULL;
+    libegl = NULL;
+    libglx = NULL;
+
+    // First check what's already loaded, the windowing library might have
+    // already loaded either EGL or GLX and we want to use the same one.
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libEGL.so.1", &libegl) ||
+        is_library_loaded("libGLX.so.0", &libglx)) {
+        libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+        if (libgl)
+            return GL3W_OK;
+        else
+            close_libgl();
+    }
+
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.1", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    if (is_library_loaded("libGL.so.3", &libgl))
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    // Neither is already loaded, so we have to load one.  Try EGL first
+    // because it is supported under both X11 and Wayland.
+
+    // Load OpenGL + EGL
+    libgl = dlopen("libOpenGL.so.0", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    libegl = dlopen("libEGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
+    if (libgl && libegl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+    else
+        close_libgl();
+
+    // Fall back to legacy libGL, which includes GLX
     // While most systems use libGL.so.1, NetBSD seems to use that libGL.so.3. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6983
     libgl = dlopen("libGL.so", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
     if (!libgl)
         libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
     if (!libgl)
         libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.3", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
-    if (!libgl)
+
+    if (libgl)
+        return GL3W_OK;
+
+    return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
+}
+
+static int open_libgl(void)
+{
+    int res = open_libs();
+    if (res)
+        return res;
+
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libegl, "eglGetProcAddress");
+    else if (libglx)
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libglx, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+    else
+        *(void**)(&gl_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+
+    if (!gl_get_proc_address) {
+        close_libgl();
         return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
-    *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
+    }
+
     return GL3W_OK;
 }
 
-static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
-
-static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
+static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char* proc)
 {
-    GL3WglProc res;
-    res = glx_get_proc_address((const GLubyte *)proc);
+    GL3WglProc res = NULL;
+
+    // Before EGL version 1.5, eglGetProcAddress doesn't support querying core
+    // functions and may return a dummy function if we try, so try to load the
+    // function from the GL library directly first.
+    if (libegl)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
     if (!res)
-        *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+        res = gl_get_proc_address(proc);
+
+    if (!libegl && !res)
+        *(void**)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
+
     return res;
 }
 #endif

backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm

@@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOSX_Data
     ImGui_ImplOSX_Data()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
-static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*      ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData()   { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOSX_Data)(); }
 static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*      ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()      { return (ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData; }
 static void                     ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData()  { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()); }
 
@@ -392,13 +391,15 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(void* _Nullable view) {
 bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* view)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData();
-    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
+    ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOSX_Data)();
+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_osx";
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;           // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
     //io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;          // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
-    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_osx";
 
     bd->Observer = [ImGuiObserver new];
 
@@ -534,7 +535,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateMouseCursor()
 static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateGamepads()
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-    memset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs));
     if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.
         return;
 
@@ -601,6 +601,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateImePosWithView(NSView* view)
 void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* view)
 {
     ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOSX_Init()?");
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     // Setup display size

backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp

@@ -306,8 +306,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)
 // If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.
 bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
 {
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     switch (event->type)
     {
@@ -399,6 +400,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
 static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
 
     // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position
@@ -704,7 +706,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()
 void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)

backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
 //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
 // Missing features:
-//  [x] Platform: Basic IME support. Position somehow broken in SDL3 + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
+//  [ ] Platform: IME SUPPORT IS BROKEN IN SDL3 BECAUSE INPUTS GETS SENT TO BOTH APP AND IME + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
 
 // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
 // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2024-04-15: Inputs: Re-enable calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as SDL3 no longer enables it by default and should play nicer with IME.
 //  2024-02-13: Inputs: Fixed gamepad support. Handle gamepad disconnection. Added ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode().
 //  2023-11-13: Updated for recent SDL3 API changes.
 //  2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys.
@@ -59,6 +60,14 @@
 #define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    0
 #endif
 
+// FIXME-LEGACY: remove when SDL 3.1.3 preview is released.
+#ifndef SDLK_APOSTROPHE
+#define SDLK_APOSTROPHE SDLK_QUOTE
+#endif
+#ifndef SDLK_GRAVE
+#define SDLK_GRAVE SDLK_BACKQUOTE
+#endif
+
 // SDL Data
 struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data
 {
@@ -117,6 +126,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeDa
         r.w = 1;
         r.h = (int)data->InputLineHeight;
         SDL_SetTextInputRect(&r);
+        SDL_StartTextInput();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        SDL_StopTextInput();
     }
 }
 
@@ -139,7 +153,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)
         case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
         case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
         case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
-        case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
+        case SDLK_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
         case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
         case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
         case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
@@ -149,7 +163,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)
         case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
         case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
         case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
-        case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
+        case SDLK_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
         case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
         case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
         case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
@@ -263,8 +277,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)
 // If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.
 bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
 {
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData();
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     switch (event->type)
     {
@@ -362,6 +377,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(ImGuiViewport* viewport, SDL_Win
 static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
     IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Unused in this branch
 
@@ -397,15 +413,15 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void
     bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true;
 
     // Load mouse cursors
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);
-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_DEFAULT);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_TEXT);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_MOVE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NS_RESIZE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_EW_RESIZE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NESW_RESIZE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NWSE_RESIZE);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_POINTER);
+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED);
 
     // Set platform dependent data in viewport
     // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport
@@ -609,6 +625,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads()
                 if (bd->GamepadMode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst)
                     break;
             }
+        SDL_free(sdl_gamepads);
         bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = false;
     }
 
@@ -622,36 +639,36 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads()
 
     // Update gamepad inputs
     const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000;           // SDL_gamepad.h suggests using this value.
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,           SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST);           // Xbox X, PS Square
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST);           // Xbox B, PS Circle
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH);          // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH);          // Xbox A, PS Cross
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,        SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,              SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,              SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,              SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER,  0.0f, 32767);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,              SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,              SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,              SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,      SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,     SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,        SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,      SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,      SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,     SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,        SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
-    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,      SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,       SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,        SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,    SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_WEST);           // Xbox X, PS Square
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,   SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_EAST);           // Xbox B, PS Circle
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,      SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_NORTH);          // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,    SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_SOUTH);          // Xbox A, PS Cross
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,    SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,   SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,      SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,    SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,          SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER,  0.0f, 32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,          SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 0.0f, 32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,          SDL_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,  SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,    SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,  SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,  SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,    SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
+    ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,  SDL_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
 }
 
 void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init()?");
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)

backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
 //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
 // Missing features:
-//  [x] Platform: Basic IME support. Position somehow broken in SDL3 + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
+//  [ ] Platform: IME SUPPORT IS BROKEN IN SDL3 BECAUSE INPUTS GETS SENT TO BOTH APP AND IME + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
 
 // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
 // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.

backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 // - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
 
 // CHANGELOG
+//  2024-05-14: *BREAKING CHANGE* ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData() requires SDL_Renderer* passed as parameter.
 //  2023-05-30: Renamed imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h/.cpp to imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h/.cpp to accommodate for upcoming SDL3.
 //  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
 //  2021-12-21: Update SDL_RenderGeometryRaw() format to work with SDL 2.0.19.
@@ -47,9 +48,9 @@
 // SDL_Renderer data
 struct ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data
 {
-    SDL_Renderer*   SDLRenderer;
+    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;       // Main viewport's renderer
     SDL_Texture*    FontTexture;
-    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 // Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
@@ -63,6 +64,7 @@ static ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_GetBackendData()
 bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
     IM_ASSERT(renderer != nullptr && "SDL_Renderer not initialized!");
 
@@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
     io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2";
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
 
-    bd->SDLRenderer = renderer;
+    bd->Renderer = renderer;
 
     return true;
 }
@@ -91,35 +93,31 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Shutdown()
     IM_DELETE(bd);
 }
 
-static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState()
+static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
-	ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_GetBackendData();
-
 	// Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user
     // FIXME: Technically speaking there are lots of other things we could backup/setup/restore during our render process.
-	SDL_RenderSetViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, nullptr);
-	SDL_RenderSetClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, nullptr);
+	SDL_RenderSetViewport(renderer, nullptr);
+	SDL_RenderSetClipRect(renderer, nullptr);
 }
 
 void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->FontTexture)
         ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateDeviceObjects();
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
-	ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_GetBackendData();
-
 	// If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead
     // If the user has specified a scale factor to SDL_Renderer already via SDL_RenderSetScale(), SDL will scale whatever we pass
     // to SDL_RenderGeometryRaw() by that scale factor. In that case we don't want to be also scaling it ourselves here.
     float rsx = 1.0f;
 	float rsy = 1.0f;
-	SDL_RenderGetScale(bd->SDLRenderer, &rsx, &rsy);
+	SDL_RenderGetScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy);
     ImVec2 render_scale;
 	render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f;
 	render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f;
@@ -138,16 +136,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         SDL_Rect    ClipRect;
     };
     BackupSDLRendererState old = {};
-    old.ClipEnabled = SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled(bd->SDLRenderer) == SDL_TRUE;
-    SDL_RenderGetViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, &old.Viewport);
-    SDL_RenderGetClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &old.ClipRect);
+    old.ClipEnabled = SDL_RenderIsClipEnabled(renderer) == SDL_TRUE;
+    SDL_RenderGetViewport(renderer, &old.Viewport);
+    SDL_RenderGetClipRect(renderer, &old.ClipRect);
 
 	// Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
 	ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
 	ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale;
 
     // Render command lists
-    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState();
+    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState(renderer);
     for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
     {
         const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
@@ -162,7 +160,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
                 // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
                 if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
-                    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState();
+                    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState(renderer);
                 else
                     pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
             }
@@ -179,7 +177,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
                     continue;
 
                 SDL_Rect r = { (int)(clip_min.x), (int)(clip_min.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) };
-                SDL_RenderSetClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &r);
+                SDL_RenderSetClipRect(renderer, &r);
 
                 const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos));
                 const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv));
@@ -191,7 +189,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 
                 // Bind texture, Draw
 				SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID();
-                SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(bd->SDLRenderer, tex,
+                SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(renderer, tex,
                     xy, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
                     color, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
                     uv, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
@@ -202,8 +200,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     }
 
     // Restore modified SDL_Renderer state
-    SDL_RenderSetViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, &old.Viewport);
-    SDL_RenderSetClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, old.ClipEnabled ? &old.ClipRect : nullptr);
+    SDL_RenderSetViewport(renderer, &old.Viewport);
+    SDL_RenderSetClipRect(renderer, old.ClipEnabled ? &old.ClipRect : nullptr);
 }
 
 // Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
@@ -219,7 +217,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateFontsTexture()
 
     // Upload texture to graphics system
     // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
-    bd->FontTexture = SDL_CreateTexture(bd->SDLRenderer, SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888, SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, width, height);
+    bd->FontTexture = SDL_CreateTexture(bd->Renderer, SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888, SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, width, height);
     if (bd->FontTexture == nullptr)
     {
         SDL_Log("error creating texture");

backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer;
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer);
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Shutdown();
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* renderer);
 
 // Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateFontsTexture();

backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 // - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
 
 // CHANGELOG
+//  2024-05-14: *BREAKING CHANGE* ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData() requires SDL_Renderer* passed as parameter.
 //  2024-02-12: Amend to query SDL_RenderViewportSet() and restore viewport accordingly.
 //  2023-05-30: Initial version.
 
@@ -43,9 +44,9 @@
 // SDL_Renderer data
 struct ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data
 {
-    SDL_Renderer*   SDLRenderer;
+    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;       // Main viewport's renderer
     SDL_Texture*    FontTexture;
-    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
 // Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ static ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data* ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_GetBackendData()
 bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
     IM_ASSERT(renderer != nullptr && "SDL_Renderer not initialized!");
 
@@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
     io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3";
     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
 
-    bd->SDLRenderer = renderer;
+    bd->Renderer = renderer;
 
     return true;
 }
@@ -87,35 +89,31 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Shutdown()
     IM_DELETE(bd);
 }
 
-static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState()
+static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState(SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
-	ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_GetBackendData();
-
 	// Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user
     // FIXME: Technically speaking there are lots of other things we could backup/setup/restore during our render process.
-	SDL_SetRenderViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, nullptr);
-	SDL_SetRenderClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, nullptr);
+	SDL_SetRenderViewport(renderer, nullptr);
+	SDL_SetRenderClipRect(renderer, nullptr);
 }
 
 void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->FontTexture)
         ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateDeviceObjects();
 }
 
-void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
+void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
 {
-	ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_GetBackendData();
-
 	// If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead
     // If the user has specified a scale factor to SDL_Renderer already via SDL_RenderSetScale(), SDL will scale whatever we pass
     // to SDL_RenderGeometryRaw() by that scale factor. In that case we don't want to be also scaling it ourselves here.
     float rsx = 1.0f;
 	float rsy = 1.0f;
-	SDL_GetRenderScale(bd->SDLRenderer, &rsx, &rsy);
+	SDL_GetRenderScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy);
     ImVec2 render_scale;
 	render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f;
 	render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f;
@@ -135,17 +133,17 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
         SDL_Rect    ClipRect;
     };
     BackupSDLRendererState old = {};
-    old.ViewportEnabled = SDL_RenderViewportSet(bd->SDLRenderer) == SDL_TRUE;
-    old.ClipEnabled = SDL_RenderClipEnabled(bd->SDLRenderer) == SDL_TRUE;
-    SDL_GetRenderViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, &old.Viewport);
-    SDL_GetRenderClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &old.ClipRect);
+    old.ViewportEnabled = SDL_RenderViewportSet(renderer) == SDL_TRUE;
+    old.ClipEnabled = SDL_RenderClipEnabled(renderer) == SDL_TRUE;
+    SDL_GetRenderViewport(renderer, &old.Viewport);
+    SDL_GetRenderClipRect(renderer, &old.ClipRect);
 
 	// Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
 	ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;         // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
 	ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale;
 
     // Render command lists
-    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState();
+    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState(renderer);
     for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
     {
         const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
@@ -160,7 +158,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
                 // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
                 if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
-                    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState();
+                    ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState(renderer);
                 else
                     pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
             }
@@ -177,7 +175,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
                     continue;
 
                 SDL_Rect r = { (int)(clip_min.x), (int)(clip_min.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y) };
-                SDL_SetRenderClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, &r);
+                SDL_SetRenderClipRect(renderer, &r);
 
                 const float* xy = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos));
                 const float* uv = (const float*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv));
@@ -185,7 +183,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
 
                 // Bind texture, Draw
 				SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID();
-                SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(bd->SDLRenderer, tex,
+                SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(renderer, tex,
                     xy, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
                     color, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
                     uv, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert),
@@ -196,8 +194,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
     }
 
     // Restore modified SDL_Renderer state
-    SDL_SetRenderViewport(bd->SDLRenderer, old.ViewportEnabled ? &old.Viewport : nullptr);
-    SDL_SetRenderClipRect(bd->SDLRenderer, old.ClipEnabled ? &old.ClipRect : nullptr);
+    SDL_SetRenderViewport(renderer, old.ViewportEnabled ? &old.Viewport : nullptr);
+    SDL_SetRenderClipRect(renderer, old.ClipEnabled ? &old.ClipRect : nullptr);
 }
 
 // Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
@@ -213,7 +211,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateFontsTexture()
 
     // Upload texture to graphics system
     // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
-    bd->FontTexture = SDL_CreateTexture(bd->SDLRenderer, SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888, SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, width, height);
+    bd->FontTexture = SDL_CreateTexture(bd->Renderer, SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888, SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, width, height);
     if (bd->FontTexture == nullptr)
     {
         SDL_Log("error creating texture");

backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer;
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer);
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Shutdown();
 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_NewFrame();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* renderer);
 
 // Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
 IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateFontsTexture();

backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp

@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
+//  2024-04-19: Vulkan: Added convenience support for Volk via IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK define (you can also use IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES + wrap Volk via ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions().)
 //  2024-02-14: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Moved RenderPass parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init() function to ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo structure. Not required when using dynamic rendering.
 //  2024-02-12: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Dynamic rendering now require filling PipelineRenderingCreateInfo structure.
 //  2024-01-19: Vulkan: Fixed vkAcquireNextImageKHR() validation errors in VulkanSDK 1.3.275 by allocating one extra semaphore than in-flight frames. (#7236)
@@ -41,14 +42,14 @@
 //  2024-01-03: Vulkan: Stopped creating command pools with VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT as we don't reset them.
 //  2023-11-29: Vulkan: Fixed mismatching allocator passed to vkCreateCommandPool() vs vkDestroyCommandPool(). (#7075)
 //  2023-11-10: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed parameter from ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture(): backend now creates its own command-buffer to upload fonts.
-//              *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unecessary as we create and destroy those objects in the backend.
+//              *BREAKING CHANGE*: Removed ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontUploadObjects() which is now unnecessary as we create and destroy those objects in the backend.
 //              ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() is automatically called by NewFrame() the first time.
 //              You can call ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture() again to recreate the font atlas texture.
 //              Added ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyFontsTexture() but you probably never need to call this.
 //  2023-07-04: Vulkan: Added optional support for VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering. User needs to set init_info->UseDynamicRendering = true and init_info->ColorAttachmentFormat.
 //  2023-01-02: Vulkan: Fixed sampler passed to ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture() not being honored + removed a bunch of duplicate code.
 //  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
-//  2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symetry. (#914, #5738).
+//  2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symmetry. (#914, #5738).
 //  2022-01-20: Vulkan: Added support for ImTextureID as VkDescriptorSet. User need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(). Building for 32-bit targets requires '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. (#914).
 //  2021-10-15: Vulkan: Call vkCmdSetScissor() at the end of render a full-viewport to reduce likehood of issues with people using VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR in their app without calling vkCmdSetScissor() explicitly every frame.
 //  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
@@ -108,12 +109,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkanH_CreateWindowCommandBuffers(VkPhysicalDevice physical_devi
 
 // Vulkan prototypes for use with custom loaders
 // (see description of IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES in imgui_impl_vulkan.h
-#ifdef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
+#if defined(VK_NO_PROTOTYPES) && !defined(VOLK_H_)
+#define IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER
 static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = false;
 #else
 static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = true;
 #endif
-#ifdef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER
 #define IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP(IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO) \
     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkAllocateCommandBuffers) \
     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkAllocateDescriptorSets) \
@@ -184,7 +186,7 @@ static bool g_FunctionsLoaded = true;
 #define IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_DEF(func) static PFN_##func func;
 IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP(IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_DEF)
 #undef IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_DEF
-#endif // VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
+#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING
 static PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR   ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR;
@@ -1048,8 +1050,8 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const ch
     // Load function pointers
     // You can use the default Vulkan loader using:
     //      ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions([](const char* function_name, void*) { return vkGetInstanceProcAddr(your_vk_isntance, function_name); });
-    // But this would be equivalent to not setting VK_NO_PROTOTYPES.
-#ifdef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
+    // But this would be roughly equivalent to not setting VK_NO_PROTOTYPES.
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER
 #define IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD(func) \
     func = reinterpret_cast<decltype(func)>(loader_func(#func, user_data)); \
     if (func == nullptr)   \
@@ -1078,7 +1080,7 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* info)
     if (info->UseDynamicRendering)
     {
 #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING
-#ifndef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER
         ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR>(vkGetInstanceProcAddr(info->Instance, "vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR"));
         ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR>(vkGetInstanceProcAddr(info->Instance, "vkCmdEndRenderingKHR"));
 #endif
@@ -1090,6 +1092,7 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* info)
     }
 
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -1131,7 +1134,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_Shutdown()
 void ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame()
 {
     ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init()?");
 
     if (!bd->FontDescriptorSet)
         ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontsTexture();

backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h

@@ -42,13 +42,20 @@
 // If you have no idea what this is, leave it alone!
 //#define IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES
 
-// Vulkan includes
+// Convenience support for Volk
+// (you can also technically use IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES + wrap Volk via ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions().)
+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+
 #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES) && !defined(VK_NO_PROTOTYPES)
 #define VK_NO_PROTOTYPES
 #endif
 #if defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) && !defined(NOMINMAX)
 #define NOMINMAX
-#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
+#endif
+
+// Vulkan includes
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+#include <Volk/volk.h>
 #else
 #include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
 #endif

backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp

@@ -724,6 +724,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_InvalidateDeviceObjects()
 bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo* init_info)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
 
     // Setup backend capabilities flags
@@ -751,7 +752,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo* init_info)
 
     // Create buffers with a default size (they will later be grown as needed)
     bd->pFrameResources = new FrameResources[bd->numFramesInFlight];
-    for (int i = 0; i < bd->numFramesInFlight; i++)
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < bd->numFramesInFlight; i++)
     {
         FrameResources* fr = &bd->pFrameResources[i];
         fr->IndexBuffer = nullptr;

backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo
     ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo()
     {
         PipelineMultisampleState.count = 1;
-        PipelineMultisampleState.mask = -1u;
+        PipelineMultisampleState.mask = UINT32_MAX;
         PipelineMultisampleState.alphaToCoverageEnabled = false;
     }
 };

backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp

@@ -16,27 +16,9 @@
 // - Documentation        https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
 // - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
 
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_impl_win32.h"
-#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#endif
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <windowsx.h> // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM()
-#include <tchar.h>
-#include <dwmapi.h>
-
-// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig.h file:
+// Configuration flags to add in your imconfig file:
 //#define IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD              // Disable gamepad support. This was meaningful before <1.81 but we now load XInput dynamically so the option is now less relevant.
 
-// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically)
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD
-#include <xinput.h>
-typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*);
-typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*);
-#endif
-
 // CHANGELOG
 // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
 //  2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys.
@@ -91,6 +73,34 @@ typedef DWORD (WINAPI *PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*);
 //  2017-10-23: Inputs: Using Win32 ::SetCapture/::GetCapture() to retrieve mouse positions outside the client area when dragging.
 //  2016-11-12: Inputs: Only call Win32 ::SetCursor(nullptr) when io.MouseDrawCursor is set.
 
+#include "imgui.h"
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
+#include "imgui_impl_win32.h"
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h> // GET_X_LPARAM(), GET_Y_LPARAM()
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <dwmapi.h>
+
+// Using XInput for gamepad (will load DLL dynamically)
+#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_WIN32_DISABLE_GAMEPAD
+#include <xinput.h>
+typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetCapabilities)(DWORD, DWORD, XINPUT_CAPABILITIES*);
+typedef DWORD(WINAPI* PFN_XInputGetState)(DWORD, XINPUT_STATE*);
+#endif
+
+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"     // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"       // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
+#endif
+
 struct ImGui_ImplWin32_Data
 {
     HWND                        hWnd;
@@ -136,6 +146,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyboardCodePage()
 static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitEx(void* hwnd, bool platform_has_own_dc)
 {
     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
     IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
 
     INT64 perf_frequency, perf_counter;
@@ -372,9 +383,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateGamepads()
 
 void    ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame()
 {
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
     ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData();
-    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?");
+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized? Did you call ImGui_ImplWin32_Init()?");
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
     RECT rect = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
@@ -570,11 +581,12 @@ static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()
 
 IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 {
-    if (ImGui::GetCurrentContext() == nullptr)
-        return 0;
-
-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    // Most backends don't have silent checks like this one, but we need it because WndProc are called early in CreateWindow().
+    // We silently allow both context or just only backend data to be nullptr.
     ImGui_ImplWin32_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWin32_GetBackendData();
+    if (bd == nullptr)
+        return 0;
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
 
     switch (msg)
     {
@@ -596,10 +608,10 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA
         }
         POINT mouse_pos = { (LONG)GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), (LONG)GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam) };
         if (msg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE && ::ScreenToClient(hwnd, &mouse_pos) == FALSE) // WM_NCMOUSEMOVE are provided in absolute coordinates.
-            break;
+            return 0;
         io.AddMouseSourceEvent(mouse_source);
         io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_pos.x, (float)mouse_pos.y);
-        break;
+        return 0;
     }
     case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
     case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE:
@@ -612,7 +624,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARA
             bd->MouseTrackedArea = 0;
             io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
         }
-        break;
+        return 0;
     }
     case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
     case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
@@ -900,4 +912,11 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd)
 
 //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+#if defined(__clang__)
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
 #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

docs/BACKENDS.md

@@ -79,14 +79,14 @@ List of Renderer Backends:
     imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp ; SDL_Renderer (optional component of SDL2 available from SDL 2.0.18+)
     imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp ; SDL_Renderer (optional component of SDL3 available from SDL 3.0.0+)
     imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp     ; Vulkan
-    imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp       ; WebGPU
+    imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp       ; WebGPU (web and desktop)
 
 List of high-level Frameworks Backends (combining Platform + Renderer):
 
     imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp
 
 Emscripten is also supported!
-The SDL+GL, GLFW+GL and SDL+WebGPU examples are all ready to build and run with Emscripten.
+The SDL+GL, GLFW+GL and GLFW+WebGPU examples are all ready to build and run with Emscripten.
 
 ### Backends for third-party frameworks, graphics API or other languages
 

docs/CHANGELOG.txt

@@ -35,6 +35,312 @@ HOW TO UPDATE?
   and API updates have been a little more frequent lately. They are documented below and in imgui.cpp and should not affect all users.
 - Please report any issue!
 
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.9 WIP (In Progress)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Breaking changes:
+
+Other changes:
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.8 (Released 2024-06-06)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.8
+
+Breaking changes:
+
+- Reordered various ImGuiInputTextFlags values. This should NOT be breaking unless
+  you are using generated headers that have values not matching the main library.
+- Removed ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft
+  from imgui.h, was mostly unused and misleading.
+
+Other changes:
+
+- Inputs: fixed IsMouseClicked(..., repeat=true); broken in 1.90.7 on 2024/05/22.
+  (due to an internal api parameter swap, repeat wouldn't be honored and
+  ownership would be accidentally checked even though this api is meant to not
+  check ownership). (#7657) [@korenkonder]
+- Windows: fixed altering FramePadding mid-frame not correctly affecting logic
+  responsible for honoring io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly. (#7576, #899)
+- Scrollbar: made scrolling logic more standard: clicking above or below the
+  grab scrolls by one page, holding mouse button repeats scrolling. (#7328, #150)
+- Scrollbar: fixed miscalculation of vertical scrollbar visibility when required
+  solely by the presence of an horizontal scrollbar. (#1574)
+- InputScalar, InputInt, InputFloat: added ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal
+  to parse an empty field as zero-value. (#7305) [@supermerill, @ocornut]
+- InputScalar, InputInt, InputFloat: added ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal
+  to display a zero-value as empty. (#7305) [@supermerill, @ocornut]
+- Popups: fixed an issue preventing to close a popup opened over a modal by clicking
+  over void (it required clicking over the visible part of the modal). (#7654)
+- Tables: fixed an issue where ideal size reported to parent container wouldn't
+  correctly take account of inner scrollbar, affecting potential auto-resize of
+  parent container. (#7651)
+- Tables: fixed a bug where after disabling the ScrollY flag for a table,
+  previous scrollbar width would be accounted for. (#5920)
+- Combo: simplified Combo() API uses a list clipper (due to its api it wasn't
+  previously trivial before we added clipper.IncludeItemByIndex() function).
+- Disabled: nested tooltips or other non-child window within a BeginDisabled()
+  block disable the disabled state. (#211, #7640)
+- Misc: made ImGuiDir and ImGuiSortDirection stronger-typed enums.
+- Backends: SDL3: Update for SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_xxx api renames. (#7653)
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.7 (Released 2024-05-27)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.7
+
+Breaking changes:
+
+- Inputs: on macOS X, Cmd and Ctrl keys are now automatically swapped by io.AddKeyEvent(),
+  as this naturally align with how macOS X uses those keys. (#2343, #4084, #5923, #456)
+  - Effectively it means that e.g. ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C is a valid idiomatic shortcut
+    for both Windows and Mac style users.
+  - It shouldn't really affect your code unless you had explicit/custom shortcut swapping in
+    place for macOS X apps in your input logic.
+  - Removed ImGuiMod_Shortcut which was previously dynamically remapping to Ctrl or Cmd/Super.
+    It is now unnecessary to specific cross-platform idiomatic shortcuts.
+    Kept symbols redirecting ImGuiMod_Shortcut to ImGuiMod_Ctrl (will obsolete).
+- Commented out obsolete symbols renamed in 1.88 (May 2022):
+    CaptureKeyboardFromApp() -> SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()
+    CaptureMouseFromApp()    -> SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()
+- Backends: SDL_Renderer2/SDL_Renderer3: ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData() and
+  ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData() now takes a SDL_Renderer* parameter. This was previously
+  overlooked from the API but it will allow eventual support for multi-viewports.
+
+Other changes:
+
+- Windows: BeginChild(): fixed visibility of fully clipped child windows and tables to Test Engine.
+- Windows: BeginChild(): fixed auto-fit calculation when using either (not both) ResizeX/ResizeY
+  and double-clicking on a border. Calculation incorrectly didn't always account for scrollbar as
+  it assumed the other axis would also be auto-fit. (#1710)
+- Inputs: added shortcut and routing system in public API. (#456, #2637) [BETA]
+  - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
+    - in Parent: call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    - in Child1: call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
+    - in Child2: no call                  // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical.
+    This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
+  - Added Shortcut() function:
+    e.g. Using ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C); with default policy:
+    - checks that CTRL+C is pressed,
+    - and that current window is in focus stack,
+    - and that no other requests for CTRL+C have been made from higher priority locations
+      (e.g. deeper in the window/item stack).
+  - Added SetNextItemShortcut() to set a shortcut to locally or remotely press or activate
+    an item (depending on specified routing policy: using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal the item
+    shortcut may be executed even if its window is not in focus stack).
+    Items like buttons are not fully activated, in the sense that they get pressed but another
+    active item, e.g. InputText() won't be deactivated.
+  - Added routing policies for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(): (#456, #2637)
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused: focus stack route (default)
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive: only route to active item
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal: route globally, unless a focus route claim shame shortcut.
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways: no routing submission, no routing check.
+  - Added other shortcut/routing options: (#456, #2637)
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat: for use by Shortcut() and by upcoming rework of various
+      input functions (which are still internal for now).
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip: for SetNextItemShortcut() to show a tooltip when hovering item.
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused: global route takes priority over focus route.
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive: global route takes priority over active item.
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused: global route disabled if no imgui window focused.
+    - ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window.
+- Inputs: (OSX) Fixes variety of code which inconsistently required using Ctrl instead of Cmd.
+  - e.g. Drags/Sliders now use Cmd+Click to input a value. (#4084)
+  - Some shortcuts still uses Ctrl on Mac: e.g. Ctrl+Tab to switch windows. (#4828)
+- Inputs: (OSX) Ctrl+Left Click alias as a Right click. (#2343) [@haldean, @ocornut]
+- Inputs: Fixed ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey_None) from returning "N/A" or "None" depending
+  on value of IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. It always returns "None".
+- Nav: fixed holding Ctrl or gamepad L1 from not slowing down keyboard/gamepad tweak speed.
+  Broken during a refactor refactor for 1.89. Holding Shift/R1 to speed up wasn't broken.
+- Tables: fixed cell background of fully clipped row overlapping with header. (#7575, #7041) [@prabuinet]
+- Demo: Added "Inputs & Focus -> Shortcuts" section. (#456, #2637)
+- Demo: Documents: Added shortcuts and renaming tabs/documents. (#7233)
+- Examples: Win32+DX9,DX10,DX11,DX12: rework main loop to handle minimization and screen
+  locking without burning resources by running unthrottled code. (#2496, #3907, #6308, #7615)
+- Backends: all backends + demo now call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() to verify ABI compatibility between caller
+  code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. If you get an assert it most likely mean you have a build issue,
+  read comments near the assert. (#7568)
+- Backends: Win32: undo an assert introduced in 1.90.6 which didn't allow WndProc
+  handler to be called before backend initialization. Because of how ::CreateWindow()
+  calls in WndProc this is facilitating. (#6275) [@MennoVink]
+- Backends, Examples: SDL3: updates for latest SDL3 API changes. (#7580) [@kuvaus, @ocornut]
+
+Breaking changes IF you were using imgui_internal.h versions of Shortcut() or owner-aware
+versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked() prior to this version:
+
+- Inputs (Internals): Renamed ImGuiKeyOwner_None to ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner, to make use more
+  explicit and reduce confusion with the fact it is a non-zero value and cannot be a default.
+- Inputs (Internals): Renamed symbols global routes:
+      Renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow  -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal (this is the suggested global route)
+      Renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal     -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused
+      Renamed ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh -> ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive
+- Inputs (Internals): Shortcut(), SetShortcutRouting(): swapped last two parameters order
+  in function signatures:
+      Before: Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+      After:  Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+- Inputs (Internals): owner-aware versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked():
+  swapped last two parameters order in function signatures:
+      Before: IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+      After:  IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+      Before: IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+      After:  IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+- For several reasons those changes makes sense. They were all made before making some of
+  those API public. Only past users of imgui_internal.h with the extra parameters will be affected.
+  Added asserts for valid flags in various functions to detect _some_ misuses, BUT NOT ALL.
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.6 (Released 2024-05-08)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.6
+
+Breaking changes:
+
+- TreeNode: Fixed a layout inconsistency when using a empty/hidden label followed
+  by a SameLine() call. (#7505, #282)
+     Before: TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(); Text("Hello");
+             // This was actually incorrect! BUT appeared to look ok with the default style
+             // where ItemSpacing.x == FramePadding.x * 2 (it didn't look aligned otherwise).
+     After:  TreeNode("##Hidden"); SameLine(0, 0); Text("Hello");
+             // This is correct for all values in style.
+  With the fix, IF you were successfully using TreeNode("")+SameLine(); you will now
+  have extra spacing between your TreeNode and the following item. You'll need to change
+  the SameLine() call to SameLine(0,0) to remove this extraneous spacing.
+  This seemed like the more sensible fix that's not making things less consistent.
+  (Note: when using this idiom you are likely to also use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth).
+
+Other changes:
+
+- Windows: Changed default ClipRect to extend to windows' left and right borders,
+  instead of adding arbitrary WindowPadding.x * 0.5f space on left and right.
+  That ClipRect half-padding was arbitrary/confusing and inconsistent with Y axis.
+  It also made it harder to draw items covering whole window without pushing an
+  extended ClipRect. Some items near windows left and right edge that used to be clipped
+  may be partly more visible. (#3312, #7540, #3756, #6170, #6365)
+- Windows: Fixed subsequent Begin() append calls from setting last item information
+  for title bar, making it impossible to use IsItemHovered() on a Begin()-to-append,
+  and causing issue bypassing hover detection on collapsed windows. (#7506, #823)
+- Fonts: Fixed font ascent and descent calculation when a font hits exact integer values.
+  It is possible that some prior manual use of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset may become
+  duplicate with this fix. (#7399, #7404) [@GamingMinds-DanielC]
+- TreeNode: Added ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth to make hitbox and highlight only
+  cover the label. (#6937) [@dimateos]
+- Tables: Angled headers: fixed multi-line label display when angle is flipped. (#6917)
+- Tables: Angled headers: added style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign and corresponding
+  ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign variable. Default to horizontal center. (#6917)
+  [@thedmd, @ocornut]
+- ProgressBar: Added support for indeterminate progress bar by passing an animated
+  negative fraction, e.g. ProgressBar(-1.0f * GetTime()). (#5316, #5370, #1901)[@gan74]
+- Text, DrawList: Improved handling of long single-line wrapped text. Faster and
+  mitigate issues with reading vertex indexing limits with 16-bit indices. (#7496, #5720)
+- Backends: OpenGL3: Detect ES3 contexts on desktop based on version string,
+  to e.g. avoid calling glPolygonMode() on them. (#7447) [@afraidofdark, @ocornut]
+- Backends: OpenGL3: Update loader for Linux to support EGL/GLVND. (#7562) [@ShadowNinja, @vanfanel]
+- Backends: Vulkan: Added convenience support for Volk via IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK define.
+  (you could always use IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES + ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions() as well).
+  (#6582, #4854) [@adalsteinnh, @kennyalive, @ocornut]
+- Backends: SDL3: Fixed text inputs. Re-enable calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput()
+  as SDL3 no longer enables it by default. (#7452, #6306, #6071, #1953) [@Green-Sky]
+- Examples: GLFW+Vulkan, SDL+Vulkan: Added optional support for Volk. (#6582, #4854)
+- Examples: GLFW+WebGPU: Added support for WebGPU-native/Dawn (#7435, #7132) [@eliasdaler, @Zelif]
+- Examples: GLFW+WebGPU: Renamed example_emscripten_wgpu/ to example_glfw_wgpu/. (#7435, #7132)
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.5 (Released 2024-04-11)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.5
+
+Breaking changes:
+
+- More formally obsoleted GetKeyIndex() when IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is set.
+  It has been unnecessary and a no-op since 1.87 (it returns the same value as passed
+  when used with a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent() function). (#4921)
+  - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) --> IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
+- ImDrawList: Merged the radius_x/radius_y parameters in AddEllipse(), AddEllipseFilled()
+  and PathEllipticalArcTo() into a single ImVec2 parameter. Exceptionally, because those
+  functions were added recently in 1.90, we are not adding inline redirection functions.
+  The transition is easy and should affect few users. (#2743, #7417) [@cfillion]
+
+Other changes:
+
+- Windows: Scrollbar visibility decision uses current size when both size and contents
+  size are submitted by API. (#7252)
+- Windows: Double-click to collapse may be disabled via key-ownership mechanism. (#7369)
+- Windows: BeginChild(): Extend outer resize borders to the edges when there are no corner
+  grips. Essentially affects resizable child windows. (#7440, #1710) [@cfillion]
+- Windows: BeginChild(): Resizing logic for child windows evaluates whether per-axis clamping
+  should be applied based on parent scrollbars, not child scrollbars. (#7440, #1710) [@cfillion]
+  Adjust those resizing limits to match window padding rather than inner clipping rectangle.
+- Tables: Fixed auto-width columns when using synced-instances of same table, width of
+  one instance would bleed into next one instead of sharing their widths. (#7218)
+- Tables: Angled headers: fixed border hit box extending beyond when used within
+  non-scrollable tables. (#7416) [@cfillion]
+- Tables: Angled headers: fixed borders not moving back up after TableAngleHeadersRow()
+  stops being called. (#7416) [@cfillion]
+- Tables: Angled headers: rounding header size to nearest integers, fixes some issues
+  when using clipper.
+- Menus, Popups: Fixed an issue where sibling menu popups re-opening in successive
+  frames would erroneously close the window. While it is technically a popup issue
+  it would generally manifest when fast moving the mouse bottom to top in a sub-menu.
+  (#7325, #7287, #7063)
+- ProgressBar: Fixed passing fraction==NaN from leading to a crash. (#7451)
+- ListBox: Fixed text-baseline offset when using SameLine()+Text() after a labeled ListBox().
+- Drags, Sliders, Inputs: Fixed io.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint decimal point localization
+  feature not working regression from 1.90.1. (#7389, #6719, #2278) [@GamingMinds-DanielC]
+- Style: Added ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize, ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle for
+  consistency. (#7411) [@cfillion]
+- DrawList: Added AddConcavePolyFilled(), PathFillConcave() concave filling. (#760) [@thedmd]
+  Note that only simple polygons (no self-intersections, no holes) are supported.
+- DrawList: Allow AddText() to accept null ranges. (#3615, 7391)
+- Docs: added more wiki links to headers of imgui.h/imgui.cpp to facilitate discovery
+  of interesting resources, because github doesn't allow Wiki to be crawled by search engines.
+  - This is the main wiki: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki
+  - This is the crawlable version: https://github-wiki-see.page/m/ocornut/imgui/wiki
+    Adding a link to the crawlable version, even though it is not intended for humans,
+    to increase its search rank.
+
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ VERSION 1.90.4 (Released 2024-02-22)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.90.4
+
+Other changes:
+
+- Nav: Fixed SetKeyboardFocusHere() or programmatic tabbing API from not working on
+  windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag (regression in 1.90.2, which
+  among other things broke imgui_memory_editor).
+- Menus, Popups: Fixed an issue where hovering a parent-menu upward would
+  erroneously close the window. (#7325, #7287, #7063)
+- Popups: Fixed resizable popup minimum size being too small. Standardized minimum
+  size logic. (#7329).
+- Modals: Temporary changes of ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg are properly handled by
+  BeginPopupModal(). (#7340)
+- Tables: Angled headers: fixed support for multi-line labels. (#6917)
+- Tables: Angled headers: various fixes to accurately handle CellPadding changes. (#6917)
+- Tables: Angled headers: properly registers horizontal component of angled headers
+  for auto-resizing of columns. (#6917)
+- Tables: Angled headers: fixed TableAngledHeadersRow() incorrect background fill
+  drawn too low, particularly visible with tables that have no scrolling. (#6917)
+- ProgressBar: Fixed a minor tessellation issue when rendering rounded progress bars,
+  where in some situations the rounded section wouldn't follow regular tessellation rules.
+- Debug Tools: Item Picker: Promoted ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() to public API. (#2673)
+- Debug Tools: Item Picker: Menu entry visible in Demo->Tools but greyed out unless
+  io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent is set. (#2673)
+- Misc: Added optional alpha multiplier parameter to GetColorU32(ImU32) variant.
+- Demo: Custom Rendering: better demonstrate PathArcTo(), PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(),
+  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(), PathStroke(), PathFillConvex() functions.
+
+
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  VERSION 1.90.3 (Released 2024-02-14)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -61,7 +367,7 @@ Other changes:
   Added ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode()) function to select whether to automatically pick
   first available gamepad, all gamepads, or specific gamepads.
   (#3884, #6559, #6890, #7180) [@ocornut, @lethal-guitar, @wn2000, @bog-dan-ro]
-- BackendsL SDL3: Fixed gamepad handling. (#7180) [@bog-dan-ro]
+- Backends: SDL3: Fixed gamepad handling. (#7180) [@bog-dan-ro]
 - Backends: SDLRenderer3: query newly added SDL_RenderViewportSet() to not restore
   a wrong viewport if none was initially set.
 - Backends: DirectX9: Using RGBA format when allowed by the driver to avoid CPU side
@@ -346,7 +652,7 @@ Other changes:
     with ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip and submitting a tooltip manually.
 - Tables:
   - Added angled headers support. You need to set ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader on selected
-    columns and call TableAngledHeadersRow(). Added style.TableAngledHeadersAngle style option.
+    columns and call TableAngledHeadersRow(). Added style.TableAngledHeadersAngle style option. (#6917)
   - Added ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn flag, currently highlighting column header.
   - Fixed an edge-case when no columns are visible + table scrollbar is visible + user
     code is always testing return value of TableSetColumnIndex() to coarse clip. With an active
@@ -673,7 +979,7 @@ Breaking changes:
    - ListBoxFooter()  -> use EndListBox()
    - Note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for refeence.
 - Backends: SDL_Renderer: Renamed 'imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h/cpp' to 'imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h/cpp',
-  in order to accomodate for upcoming SDL3 and change in its SDL_Renderer API. (#6286)
+  in order to accommodate for upcoming SDL3 and change in its SDL_Renderer API. (#6286)
 - Backends: GLUT: Removed call to ImGui::NewFrame() from ImGui_ImplGLUT_NewFrame().
   It needs to be called from the main app loop, like with every other backends. (#6337) [@GereonV]
 
@@ -1236,7 +1542,7 @@ Other Changes:
 - Backends: Metal: Use __bridge for ARC based systems. (#5403) [@stack]
 - Backends: Metal: Add dispatch synchronization. (#5447) [@luigifcruz]
 - Backends: Metal: Update deprecated property 'sampleCount'->'rasterSampleCount'. (#5603) [@dcvz]
-- Backends: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symetry. (#914, #5738).
+- Backends: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symmetry. (#914, #5738).
 - Backends: WebGPU: fixed rendering when a depth buffer is enabled. (#5869) [@brainlag]
 
 
@@ -2009,7 +2315,7 @@ Other Changes:
   alpha compositing and transparent windows. (#2766, #3447 etc.).
 - Backends: OpenGL, Vulkan, DX9, DX10, DX11, DX12, Metal, WebGPU, Allegro: Rework blending equation to
   preserve alpha in output buffer (using SrcBlendAlpha = ONE, DstBlendAlpha = ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA consistently
-  accross all backends), facilitating compositing of the output buffer with another buffer.
+  across all backends), facilitating compositing of the output buffer with another buffer.
   (#2693, #2764, #2766, #2873, #3447, #3813, #3816) [@ocornut, @thedmd, @ShawnM427, @Ubpa, @aiekick]
 - Backends: DX9: Fix to support IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR. (#3844) [@Xiliusha]
 - Backends: DX9: Fix to support colored glyphs, using newly introduced 'TexPixelsUseColors' info. (#3844)
@@ -5418,7 +5724,7 @@ Other Changes:
  VERSION 1.08 (2014-08-25)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.09
+Decorated log and release notes: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.08
 
 - Fixed ImGuiTextFilter trimming of leading/trailing blanks.
 - Fixed file descriptor leak on LoadSettings() failure.

docs/CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Steps:
 - Be mindful that messages are being sent to the mailbox of "Watching" users. Try to proofread your messages before sending them. Edits are not seen by those users unless they browse the site.
 
 **Some unfortunate words of warning**
-- If you are involved in cheating schemes (e.g. DLL injection) for competitive online multiplayer games, please don't post here. We won't answer and you will be blocked. It doesn't matter if your question relates to said project. We've had too many of you and need to project our time and sanity.
+- If you are involved in cheating schemes (e.g. DLL injection) for competitive online multiplayer games, please don't post here. We won't answer and you will be blocked. It doesn't matter if your question relates to said project. We've had too many of you and need to protect our time and sanity.
 - Due to frequent abuse of this service from the aforementioned users, if your GitHub account is anonymous and was created five minutes ago please understand that your post will receive more scrutiny and incomplete questions will be harshly dismissed.
 
 If you have been using Dear ImGui for a while or have been using C/C++ for several years or have demonstrated good behavior here, it is ok to not fulfill every item to the letter. Those are guidelines and experienced users or members of the community will know which information is useful in a given context.

docs/EXAMPLES.md

@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ OSX + OpenGL2 example. <BR>
 (NB: imgui_impl_osx.mm is currently not as feature complete as other platforms backends.
  You may prefer to use the GLFW Or SDL backends, which will also support Windows and Linux.)
 
-[example_emscripten_wgpu/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/examples/example_emscripten_wgpu/) <BR>
-Emcripten + GLFW + WebGPU example. <BR>
+[example_glfw_wgpu/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/examples/example_glfw_wgpu/) <BR>
+GLFW + WebGPU example. Supports Emscripten (web) or Dawn (desktop) <BR>
 = main.cpp + imgui_impl_glfw.cpp + imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp
 Note that the 'example_glfw_opengl3' and 'example_sdl2_opengl3' examples also supports Emscripten!
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ state, and might confuse your GPU driver. One star, not recommended.
 GLFW (Win32, Mac, Linux) + OpenGL3+/ES2/ES3 example (modern, programmable pipeline). <BR>
 = main.cpp + imgui_impl_glfw.cpp + imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp <BR>
 This uses more modern GL calls and custom shaders.<BR>
-This support building with Emscripten and targetting WebGL.<BR>
+This support building with Emscripten and targeting WebGL.<BR>
 Prefer using that if you are using modern GL or WebGL in your application.
 
 [example_glfw_vulkan/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/examples/example_glfw_vulkan/) <BR>
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ state, and might confuse your GPU driver. One star, not recommended.
 SDL2 (Win32, Mac, Linux, etc.) + OpenGL3+/ES2/ES3 example. <BR>
 = main.cpp + imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp + imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp <BR>
 This uses more modern GL calls and custom shaders. <BR>
-This support building with Emscripten and targetting WebGL.<BR>
+This support building with Emscripten and targeting WebGL.<BR>
 Prefer using that if you are using modern GL or WebGL in your application.
 
 [example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/) <BR>

docs/FAQ.md

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ or view this file with any Markdown viewer.
 | [I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...](#q-i-integrated-dear-imgui-in-my-engine-and-some-elements-are-clipping-or-disappearing-when-i-move-windows-around) |
 | [I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...](#q-i-integrated-dear-imgui-in-my-engine-and-some-elements-are-displaying-outside-their-expected-windows-boundaries) |
 | **Q&A: Usage** |
-| **[About the ID Stack system..<br>Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?<br>How can I have widgets with an empty label?<br>How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?<br>How can I have multiple windows with the same label?](#q-about-the-id-stack-system)** |
+| **[About the ID Stack system..<br>Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?<br>Why is the wrong widget reacting when I click on one?<br>How can I have widgets with an empty label?<br>How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?<br>How can I have multiple windows with the same label?](#q-about-the-id-stack-system)** |
 | [How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?](#q-how-can-i-display-an-image-what-is-imtextureid-how-does-it-work)|
 | [How can I use maths operators with ImVec2?](#q-how-can-i-use-maths-operators-with-imvec2) |
 | [How can I use my own maths types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?](#q-how-can-i-use-my-own-maths-types-instead-of-imvec2imvec4) |
@@ -199,10 +199,42 @@ ctx->RSSetScissorRects(1, &r);
 
 ### Q: About the ID Stack system...
 ### Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
+### Q: Why is the wrong widget reacting when I click on one?
 ### Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?
 ### Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
 ### Q: How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
 
+**USING THE SAME LABEL+ID IS THE MOST COMMON USER MISTAKE:**
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><img src="https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/assets/8225057/76eb9467-74d1-4e95-9f56-be81c6dd029d"></td>
+<td>
+<pre lang="cpp">
+ImGui::Begin("Incorrect!");
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value", &objects[0]->pos.x);
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value", &objects[1]->pos.x);
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value", &objects[2]->pos.x);
+ImGui::End();
+&nbsp;
+ImGui::Begin("Correct!");
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value", &objects[0]->pos.x);
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value##2", &objects[1]->pos.x);
+ImGui::DragFloat2("My value##3", &objects[2]->pos.x);
+ImGui::End();
+&nbsp;
+ImGui::Begin("Also Correct!");
+for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
+{
+    ImGui::PushID(n);
+    ImGui::DragFloat2("My value", &objects[n]->pos.x);
+    ImGui::PopID();
+}
+ImGui::End();
+</pre>
+</td>
+</tr>    
+</table>
+
 A primer on labels and the ID Stack...
 
 Dear ImGui internally needs to uniquely identify UI elements.
@@ -621,8 +653,8 @@ You may take a look at:
 
 - [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes)
 - [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui)
-- [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors)
-- [Gallery](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897)
+- [Funding & Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding)
+- [Gallery](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503)
 
 ##### [Return to Index](#index)
 
@@ -664,11 +696,11 @@ There is an auto-generated [c-api for Dear ImGui (cimgui)](https://github.com/ci
 # Q&A: Community
 
 ### Q: How can I help?
-- Businesses: please reach out to `omar AT dearimgui.com` if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance, or sponsoring contacts. This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people to work on this project.
+- Businesses: please reach out to `omar AT dearimgui.com` if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance, or sponsoring contacts. This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people to work on this project. Please see [Funding](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding) page.
 - Individuals: you can support continued maintenance and development via PayPal donations. See [README](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/README.md).
 - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues), [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions), the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki), read [docs/TODO.txt](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/TODO.txt), and see how you want to help and can help!
 - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere, etc.
-You may post screenshots or links in the [gallery threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. Disclosing your use of Dear ImGui helps the library grow credibility, and helps other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
+You may post screenshots or links in the [gallery threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. Disclosing your use of Dear ImGui helps the library grow credibility, and helps other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
 - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues or sometimes incomplete PR.
 
 ##### [Return to Index](#index)

docs/README.md

@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ Dear ImGui
 
 Businesses: support continued development and maintenance via invoiced sponsoring/support contracts:
 <br>&nbsp;&nbsp;_E-mail: contact @ dearimgui dot com_
-<br>Individuals: support continued development and maintenance [here](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=WGHNC6MBFLZ2S). Also see [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors) page.
+<br>Individuals: support continued development and maintenance [here](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=WGHNC6MBFLZ2S). Also see [Funding](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding) page.
 
 | [The Pitch](#the-pitch) - [Usage](#usage) - [How it works](#how-it-works) - [Releases & Changelogs](#releases--changelogs) - [Demo](#demo) - [Integration](#integration) |
 :----------------------------------------------------------: |
-| [Gallery](#gallery) - [Support, FAQ](#support-frequently-asked-questions-faq) -  [How to help](#how-to-help) - [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors) - [Credits](#credits) - [License](#license) |
+| [Gallery](#gallery) - [Support, FAQ](#support-frequently-asked-questions-faq) -  [How to help](#how-to-help) - **[Funding & Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding)** - [Credits](#credits) - [License](#license) |
 | [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) - [Extensions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) - [Languages bindings & frameworks backends](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings) - [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) - [User quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes) |
 
 ### The Pitch
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Also see [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) for more links and ideas.
 
 Examples projects using Dear ImGui: [Tracy](https://github.com/wolfpld/tracy) (profiler), [ImHex](https://github.com/WerWolv/ImHex) (hex editor/data analysis), [RemedyBG](https://remedybg.itch.io/remedybg) (debugger) and [hundreds of others](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-Dear-ImGui).
 
-For more user-submitted screenshots of projects using Dear ImGui, check out the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897)!
+For more user-submitted screenshots of projects using Dear ImGui, check out the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503)!
 
 For a list of third-party widgets and extensions, check out the [Useful Extensions/Widgets](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) wiki page.
 
@@ -162,6 +162,8 @@ See: [Upcoming Changes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Upcoming-Changes).
 
 See: [Dear ImGui Test Engine + Test Suite](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) for Automation & Testing.
 
+For the purposes of getting search engines to crawl the wiki, here's a link to the [Crawlable Wiki](https://github-wiki-see.page/m/ocornut/imgui/wiki) (not for humans, [here's why](https://github-wiki-see.page/)).
+
 Getting started? For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts, please use [GitHub Discussions](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions). For ANY other questions, bug reports, requests, feedback, please post on [GitHub Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues). Please read and fill the New Issue template carefully.
 
 Private support is available for paying business customers (E-mail: _contact @ dearimgui dot com_).
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@ We occasionally tag [Releases](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases) (with
 
 **Who uses Dear ImGui?**
 
-See the [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes), [Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors), and [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) Wiki pages for an idea of who is using Dear ImGui. Please add your game/software if you can! Also, see the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897)!
+See the [Quotes](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Quotes), [Funding & Sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding), and [Software using Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) Wiki pages for an idea of who is using Dear ImGui. Please add your game/software if you can! Also, see the [Gallery Threads](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503)!
 
 How to help
 -----------
@@ -182,13 +184,13 @@ How to help
 - See [GitHub Forum/Issues](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues).
 - You may help with development and submit pull requests! Please understand that by submitting a PR you are also submitting a request for the maintainer to review your code and then take over its maintenance forever. PR should be crafted both in the interest of the end-users and also to ease the maintainer into understanding and accepting it.
 - See [Help wanted](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Help-Wanted) on the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/) for some more ideas.
-- Be a [sponsor](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors)! Have your company financially support this project via invoiced sponsors/maintenance or by buying a license for [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) (please reach out: omar AT dearimgui DOT com).
+- Be a [Funding Supporter](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding)! Have your company financially support this project via invoiced sponsors/maintenance or by buying a license for [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine) (please reach out: omar AT dearimgui DOT com).
 
 Sponsors
 --------
 
 Ongoing Dear ImGui development is and has been financially supported by users and private sponsors.
-<BR>Please see the **[detailed list of current and past Dear ImGui supporters](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors)** for details.
+<BR>Please see the **[detailed list of current and past Dear ImGui funding supporters and sponsors](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding)** for details.
 <BR>From November 2014 to December 2019, ongoing development has also been financially supported by its users on Patreon and through individual donations.
 
 **THANK YOU to all past and present supporters for helping to keep this project alive and thriving!**
@@ -205,7 +207,7 @@ Developed by [Omar Cornut](https://www.miracleworld.net) and every direct or ind
 
 Recurring contributors include Rokas Kupstys [@rokups](https://github.com/rokups) (2020-2022): a good portion of work on automation system and regression tests now available in [Dear ImGui Test Engine](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine).
 
-Sponsoring, maintenance/support contracts and other B2B transactions are hosted and handled by [Disco Hello](https://www.discohello.com).
+Maintenance/support contracts, sponsoring invoices and other B2B transactions are hosted and handled by [Disco Hello](https://www.discohello.com).
 
 Omar: "I first discovered the IMGUI paradigm at [Q-Games](https://www.q-games.com) where Atman Binstock had dropped his own simple implementation in the codebase, which I spent quite some time improving and thinking about. It turned out that Atman was exposed to the concept directly by working with Casey. When I moved to Media Molecule I rewrote a new library trying to overcome the flaws and limitations of the first one I've worked with. It became this library and since then I have spent an unreasonable amount of time iterating and improving it."
 

docs/TODO.txt

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - scrolling: forward mouse wheel scrolling to parent window when at the edge of scrolling limits? (useful for listbox,tables?)
  - scrolling/style: shadows on scrollable areas to denote that there is more contents (see e.g. DaVinci Resolve ui)
 
- - drawdata: make it easy to deep-copy (or swap?) a full ImDrawData so user can easily save that data if they use threaded rendering. (e.g. #2646)
+ - drawdata: make it easy to deep-copy (or swap?) a full ImDrawData so user can easily save that data if they use threaded rendering. (#1860 see ImDrawDataSnapshot)
  ! drawlist: add CalcTextSize() func to facilitate consistent code from user pov (currently need to use ImGui or ImFont alternatives!)
  - drawlist: maintaining bounding box per command would allow to merge draw command when clipping isn't relied on (typical non-scrolling window or non-overflowing column would merge with previous command). (WIP branch)
  - drawlist: make it easier to toggle AA per primitive, so we can use e.g. non-AA fill + AA borders more naturally
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
 !- color: the color conversion helpers/types are a mess and needs sorting out.
  - color: (api breaking) ImGui::ColorConvertXXX functions should be loose ImColorConvertXX to match imgui_internals.h
 
- - plot: full featured plot/graph api w/ scrolling, zooming etc. --> ImPlot
+ - plot: full featured plot/graph api w/ scrolling, zooming etc. --> promote using ImPlot
  - (plot: deleted all other todo lines on 2023-06-28)
 
  - clipper: ability to disable the clipping through a simple flag/bool.
@@ -150,7 +150,6 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - drag float: power != 0.0f with current value being outside the range keeps the value stuck.
  - drag float: added leeway on edge (e.g. a few invisible steps past the clamp limits)
 
- - combo: use clipper.
  - combo: a way/helper to customize the combo preview (#1658) -> experimental BeginComboPreview()
  - combo/listbox: keyboard control. need InputText-like non-active focus + key handling. considering keyboard for custom listbox (pr #203)
  - listbox: multiple selection (WIP range-select branch)
@@ -173,13 +172,14 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - tooltip: drag and drop with tooltip near monitor edges lose/changes its last direction instead of locking one. The drag and drop tooltip should always follow without changing direction.
  - tooltip: allow to set the width of a tooltip to allow TextWrapped() etc. while keeping the height automatic.
  - tooltip: drag tooltip hovering over source widget with IsItemHovered/SetTooltip flickers (WIP branch)
+ - tooltip: tooltip priorities to override a stock tooltip (e.g. shortcut tooltip)
 
  - status-bar: add a per-window status bar helper similar to what menu-bar does. generalize concept of layer0 rect in window (can make _MenuBar window flag obsolete too).
+ - shortcuts: store multiple keychords in ImGuiKeyChord
+ - shortcuts: Hovered route (lower than Focused, higher than Global)
  - shortcuts: local-style shortcut api, e.g. parse "&Save"
  - shortcuts,menus: global-style shortcut api e.g. "Save (CTRL+S)" -> explicit flag for recursing into closed menu
- - shortcuts: programmatically access shortcuts "Focus("&Save"))
- - menus: menu-bar: main menu-bar could affect clamping of windows position (~ akin to modifying DisplayMin)
- - menus: hovering from menu to menu on a menu-bar has 1 frame without any menu, which is a little annoying. ideally either 0 either longer.
+ - menus: hovering from menu to menu on a menu-bar has 1 frame without any menu, which is a little annoying. ideally zero.
  - menus: would be nice if the Selectable() supported horizontal alignment (must be given the equivalent of WorkRect.Max.x matching the position of the shortcut column)
 
  - tree node: add treenode/treepush int variants? not there because (void*) cast from int warns on some platforms/settings?
@@ -275,7 +275,6 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - font/opt: Considering storing standalone AdvanceX table as 16-bit fixed point integer?
  - font/opt: Glyph currently 40 bytes (2+9*4). Consider storing UV as 16-bits integer? (->32 bytes). X0/Y0/X1/Y1 as 16 fixed-point integers? Or X0/Y0 as float and X1/Y1 as fixed8_8?
 
- - nav: visual feedback on button press.
  - nav: some features such as PageUp/Down/Home/End should probably work without ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard? (where do we draw the line? how about CTRL+Tab)
  ! nav: never clear NavId on some setup (e.g. gamepad centric)
  - nav: there's currently no way to completely clear focus with the keyboard. depending on patterns used by the application to dispatch inputs, it may be desirable.
@@ -315,8 +314,7 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - misc: make the ImGuiCond values linear (non-power-of-two). internal storage for ImGuiWindow can use integers to combine into flags (Why?)
  - misc: PushItemFlag(): add a flag to disable keyboard capture when used with mouse? (#1682)
  - misc: use more size_t in public api?
- - misc: possible compile-time support for string view/range instead of char* would e.g. facilitate usage with Rust (#683, #3038, WIP string_view branch)
- - misc: possible compile-time support for wchar_t instead of char*?
+ - misc: support for string view/range instead of char* would e.g. facilitate usage with Rust (#683, #3038, WIP string_view branch)
 
  - demo: demonstrate using PushStyleVar() in more details.
  - demo: add vertical separator demo
@@ -336,7 +334,7 @@ It's mostly a bunch of personal notes, probably incomplete. Feel free to query i
  - backends: bgfx: https://gist.github.com/RichardGale/6e2b74bc42b3005e08397236e4be0fd0
  - backends: emscriptem: with refactored examples, we could provide a direct imgui_impl_emscripten platform layer (see eg. https://github.com/floooh/sokol-samples/blob/master/html5/imgui-emsc.cc#L42)
 
- - bindings: ways to use clang ast dump to generate bindings or helpers for bindings? (e.g. clang++ -Xclang -ast-dump=json imgui.h) (WIP project "dear-bindings" still private)
+ - bindings: ways to use clang ast dump to generate bindings or helpers for bindings? (e.g. clang++ -Xclang -ast-dump=json imgui.h) (--> use https://github.com/dearimgui/dear_bindings)
 
  - optimization: replace vsnprintf with stb_printf? using IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF. (#1038 + needed for string_view)
  - optimization: add clipping for multi-component widgets (SliderFloatX, ColorEditX, etc.). one problem is that nav branch can't easily clip parent group when there is a move request.

examples/example_android_opengl3/main.cpp

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ void Init(struct android_app* app)
 
     // We load the default font with increased size to improve readability on many devices with "high" DPI.
     // FIXME: Put some effort into DPI awareness.
-    // Important: when calling AddFontFromMemoryTTF(), ownership of font_data is transfered by Dear ImGui by default (deleted is handled by Dear ImGui), unless we set FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false in ImFontConfig
+    // Important: when calling AddFontFromMemoryTTF(), ownership of font_data is transferred by Dear ImGui by default (deleted is handled by Dear ImGui), unless we set FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false in ImFontConfig
     ImFontConfig font_cfg;
     font_cfg.SizePixels = 22.0f;
     io.Fonts->AddFontDefault(&font_cfg);

examples/example_glfw_vulkan/main.cpp

@@ -21,8 +21,12 @@
 #define GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE
 #define GLFW_INCLUDE_VULKAN
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
-#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
-//#include <vulkan/vulkan_beta.h>
+
+// Volk headers
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+#define VOLK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include <Volk/volk.h>
+#endif
 
 // [Win32] Our example includes a copy of glfw3.lib pre-compiled with VS2010 to maximize ease of testing and compatibility with old VS compilers.
 // To link with VS2010-era libraries, VS2015+ requires linking with legacy_stdio_definitions.lib, which we do using this pragma.
@@ -113,6 +117,9 @@ static VkPhysicalDevice SetupVulkan_SelectPhysicalDevice()
 static void SetupVulkan(ImVector<const char*> instance_extensions)
 {
     VkResult err;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+    volkInitialize();
+#endif
 
     // Create Vulkan Instance
     {
@@ -151,17 +158,20 @@ static void SetupVulkan(ImVector<const char*> instance_extensions)
         create_info.ppEnabledExtensionNames = instance_extensions.Data;
         err = vkCreateInstance(&create_info, g_Allocator, &g_Instance);
         check_vk_result(err);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+        volkLoadInstance(g_Instance);
+#endif
 
         // Setup the debug report callback
 #ifdef APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
-        auto vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT");
-        IM_ASSERT(vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT != nullptr);
+        auto f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT");
+        IM_ASSERT(f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT != nullptr);
         VkDebugReportCallbackCreateInfoEXT debug_report_ci = {};
         debug_report_ci.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_REPORT_CALLBACK_CREATE_INFO_EXT;
         debug_report_ci.flags = VK_DEBUG_REPORT_ERROR_BIT_EXT | VK_DEBUG_REPORT_WARNING_BIT_EXT | VK_DEBUG_REPORT_PERFORMANCE_WARNING_BIT_EXT;
         debug_report_ci.pfnCallback = debug_report;
         debug_report_ci.pUserData = nullptr;
-        err = vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, &debug_report_ci, g_Allocator, &g_DebugReport);
+        err = f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, &debug_report_ci, g_Allocator, &g_DebugReport);
         check_vk_result(err);
 #endif
     }
@@ -277,8 +287,8 @@ static void CleanupVulkan()
 
 #ifdef APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
     // Remove the debug report callback
-    auto vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT");
-    vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, g_DebugReport, g_Allocator);
+    auto f_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT");
+    f_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, g_DebugReport, g_Allocator);
 #endif // APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
 
     vkDestroyDevice(g_Device, g_Allocator);

examples/example_glfw_wgpu/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# Building for desktop (WebGPU-native) with Dawn:
+#  1. git clone https://github.com/google/dawn dawn
+#  2. cmake -B build -DIMGUI_DAWN_DIR=dawn
+#  3. cmake --build build
+# The resulting binary will be found at one of the following locations:
+#   * build/Debug/example_glfw_wgpu[.exe]
+#   * build/example_glfw_wgpu[.exe]
+
+# Building for Emscripten:
+#  1. Install Emscripten SDK following the instructions: https://emscripten.org/docs/getting_started/downloads.html
+#  2. Install Ninja build system
+#  3. emcmake cmake -G Ninja -B build
+#  3. cmake --build build
+#  4. emrun build/index.html
+
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.10.2)
+project(imgui_example_glfw_wgpu C CXX)
+
+if(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE)
+  set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE Debug CACHE STRING "" FORCE)
+endif()
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17) # Dawn requires C++17
+
+# Dear ImGui
+set(IMGUI_DIR ../../)
+
+# Libraries
+if(EMSCRIPTEN)
+  set(LIBRARIES glfw)
+  add_compile_options(-sDISABLE_EXCEPTION_CATCHING=1 -DIMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS=1)
+else()
+  # Dawn wgpu desktop
+  set(DAWN_FETCH_DEPENDENCIES ON)
+  set(IMGUI_DAWN_DIR CACHE PATH "Path to Dawn repository")
+  if (NOT IMGUI_DAWN_DIR)
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "Please specify the Dawn repository by setting IMGUI_DAWN_DIR")
+  endif()
+
+  option(DAWN_FETCH_DEPENDENCIES "Use fetch_dawn_dependencies.py as an alternative to using depot_tools" ON)
+
+  # Dawn builds many things by default - disable things we don't need
+  option(DAWN_BUILD_SAMPLES "Enables building Dawn's samples" OFF)
+  option(TINT_BUILD_CMD_TOOLS "Build the Tint command line tools" OFF)
+  option(TINT_BUILD_DOCS "Build documentation" OFF)
+  option(TINT_BUILD_TESTS "Build tests" OFF)
+  if (NOT APPLE)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_MSL_WRITER "Build the MSL output writer" OFF)
+  endif()
+  if(WIN32)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_SPV_READER "Build the SPIR-V input reader" OFF)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_WGSL_READER "Build the WGSL input reader" ON)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_GLSL_WRITER "Build the GLSL output writer" OFF)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_GLSL_VALIDATOR "Build the GLSL output validator" OFF)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_SPV_WRITER "Build the SPIR-V output writer" OFF)
+    option(TINT_BUILD_WGSL_WRITER "Build the WGSL output writer" ON)
+  endif()
+
+  add_subdirectory("${IMGUI_DAWN_DIR}" "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/dawn" EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL)
+
+  set(LIBRARIES webgpu_dawn webgpu_cpp webgpu_glfw glfw)
+endif()
+
+add_executable(example_glfw_wgpu
+  main.cpp
+  # backend files
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp
+  # Dear ImGui files
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/imgui.cpp
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/imgui_draw.cpp
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/imgui_demo.cpp
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/imgui_tables.cpp
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/imgui_widgets.cpp
+)
+target_include_directories(example_glfw_wgpu PUBLIC
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}
+  ${IMGUI_DIR}/backends
+)
+
+target_link_libraries(example_glfw_wgpu PUBLIC ${LIBRARIES})
+
+# Emscripten settings
+if(EMSCRIPTEN)
+  target_link_options(example_glfw_wgpu PRIVATE
+    "-sUSE_WEBGPU=1"
+    "-sUSE_GLFW=3"
+    "-sWASM=1"
+    "-sALLOW_MEMORY_GROWTH=1"
+    "-sNO_EXIT_RUNTIME=0"
+    "-sASSERTIONS=1"
+    "-sDISABLE_EXCEPTION_CATCHING=1"
+    "-sNO_FILESYSTEM=1"
+  )
+  set_target_properties(example_glfw_wgpu PROPERTIES OUTPUT_NAME "index")
+  # copy our custom index.html to build directory
+  add_custom_command(TARGET example_glfw_wgpu POST_BUILD
+    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/web/index.html" $<TARGET_FILE_DIR:example_glfw_wgpu>
+  )
+endif()

examples/example_glfw_wgpu/README.md

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 - You may also refer to our [Continuous Integration setup](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/.github/workflows) for Emscripten setup.
 
-- Then build using `make -f Makefile.emscripten` while in the `example_emscripten_wgpu/` directory.
+- Then build using `make -f Makefile.emscripten` while in the `example_glfw_wgpu/` directory.
 
 - Requires recent Emscripten as WGPU is still a work-in-progress API.
 
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ To run on a local machine:
 - Otherwise, generally you will need a local webserver:
   - Quoting [https://emscripten.org/docs/getting_started](https://emscripten.org/docs/getting_started/Tutorial.html#generating-html):<br>
 _"Unfortunately several browsers (including Chrome, Safari, and Internet Explorer) do not support file:// [XHR](https://emscripten.org/docs/site/glossary.html#term-xhr) requests, and can’t load extra files needed by the HTML (like a .wasm file, or packaged file data as mentioned lower down). For these browsers you’ll need to serve the files using a [local webserver](https://emscripten.org/docs/getting_started/FAQ.html#faq-local-webserver) and then open http://localhost:8000/hello.html."_
-  - Emscripten SDK has a handy `emrun` command: `emrun web/example_emscripten_opengl3.html --browser firefox` which will spawn a temporary local webserver (in Firefox). See https://emscripten.org/docs/compiling/Running-html-files-with-emrun.html for details.
+  - Emscripten SDK has a handy `emrun` command: `emrun web/example_glfw_wgpu.html --browser firefox` which will spawn a temporary local webserver (in Firefox). See https://emscripten.org/docs/compiling/Running-html-files-with-emrun.html for details.
   - You may use Python 3 builtin webserver: `python -m http.server -d web` (this is what `make serve` uses).
   - You may use Python 2 builtin webserver: `cd web && python -m SimpleHTTPServer`.
   - If you are accessing the files over a network, certain browsers, such as Firefox, will restrict Gamepad API access to secure contexts only (e.g. https only).

examples/example_glfw_wgpu/main.cpp

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-// Dear ImGui: standalone example application for Emscripten, using GLFW + WebGPU
-// (Emscripten is a C++-to-javascript compiler, used to publish executables for the web. See https://emscripten.org/)
+// Dear ImGui: standalone example application for using GLFW + WebGPU
+// - Emscripten is supported for publishing on web. See https://emscripten.org.
+// - Dawn is used as a WebGPU implementation on desktop.
 
 // Learn about Dear ImGui:
 // - FAQ                  https://dearimgui.com/faq
@@ -11,11 +12,15 @@
 #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"
 #include "imgui_impl_wgpu.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
+
 #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
 #include <emscripten.h>
 #include <emscripten/html5.h>
 #include <emscripten/html5_webgpu.h>
+#else
+#include <webgpu/webgpu_glfw.h>
 #endif
+
 #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>
 #include <webgpu/webgpu.h>
 #include <webgpu/webgpu_cpp.h>
@@ -26,15 +31,16 @@
 #endif
 
 // Global WebGPU required states
+static WGPUInstance      wgpu_instance = nullptr;
 static WGPUDevice        wgpu_device = nullptr;
 static WGPUSurface       wgpu_surface = nullptr;
 static WGPUTextureFormat wgpu_preferred_fmt = WGPUTextureFormat_RGBA8Unorm;
 static WGPUSwapChain     wgpu_swap_chain = nullptr;
-static int               wgpu_swap_chain_width = 0;
-static int               wgpu_swap_chain_height = 0;
+static int               wgpu_swap_chain_width = 1280;
+static int               wgpu_swap_chain_height = 720;
 
 // Forward declarations
-static bool InitWGPU();
+static bool InitWGPU(GLFWwindow* window);
 static void CreateSwapChain(int width, int height);
 
 static void glfw_error_callback(int error, const char* description)
@@ -66,18 +72,19 @@ int main(int, char**)
     // Make sure GLFW does not initialize any graphics context.
     // This needs to be done explicitly later.
     glfwWindowHint(GLFW_CLIENT_API, GLFW_NO_API);
-    GLFWwindow* window = glfwCreateWindow(1280, 720, "Dear ImGui GLFW+WebGPU example", nullptr, nullptr);
+    GLFWwindow* window = glfwCreateWindow(wgpu_swap_chain_width, wgpu_swap_chain_height, "Dear ImGui GLFW+WebGPU example", nullptr, nullptr);
     if (window == nullptr)
         return 1;
 
     // Initialize the WebGPU environment
-    if (!InitWGPU())
+    if (!InitWGPU(window))
     {
         if (window)
             glfwDestroyWindow(window);
         glfwTerminate();
         return 1;
     }
+    CreateSwapChain(wgpu_swap_chain_width, wgpu_swap_chain_height);
     glfwShowWindow(window);
 
     // Setup Dear ImGui context
@@ -115,7 +122,7 @@ int main(int, char**)
     //io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
     //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/segoeui.ttf", 18.0f);
-    io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/DroidSans.ttf", 16.0f);
+    //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/DroidSans.ttf", 16.0f);
     //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/Roboto-Medium.ttf", 16.0f);
     //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/Cousine-Regular.ttf", 15.0f);
     //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("fonts/ProggyTiny.ttf", 10.0f);
@@ -148,7 +155,7 @@ int main(int, char**)
         // React to changes in screen size
         int width, height;
         glfwGetFramebufferSize((GLFWwindow*)window, &width, &height);
-        if (width != wgpu_swap_chain_width && height != wgpu_swap_chain_height)
+        if (width != wgpu_swap_chain_width || height != wgpu_swap_chain_height)
         {
             ImGui_ImplWGPU_InvalidateDeviceObjects();
             CreateSwapChain(width, height);
@@ -200,7 +207,13 @@ int main(int, char**)
         // Rendering
         ImGui::Render();
 
+#ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+        // Tick needs to be called in Dawn to display validation errors
+        wgpuDeviceTick(wgpu_device);
+#endif
+
         WGPURenderPassColorAttachment color_attachments = {};
+        color_attachments.depthSlice = WGPU_DEPTH_SLICE_UNDEFINED;
         color_attachments.loadOp = WGPULoadOp_Clear;
         color_attachments.storeOp = WGPUStoreOp_Store;
         color_attachments.clearValue = { clear_color.x * clear_color.w, clear_color.y * clear_color.w, clear_color.z * clear_color.w, clear_color.w };
@@ -222,6 +235,15 @@ int main(int, char**)
         WGPUCommandBuffer cmd_buffer = wgpuCommandEncoderFinish(encoder, &cmd_buffer_desc);
         WGPUQueue queue = wgpuDeviceGetQueue(wgpu_device);
         wgpuQueueSubmit(queue, 1, &cmd_buffer);
+
+#ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+        wgpuSwapChainPresent(wgpu_swap_chain);
+#endif
+
+        wgpuTextureViewRelease(color_attachments.view);
+        wgpuRenderPassEncoderRelease(pass);
+        wgpuCommandEncoderRelease(encoder);
+        wgpuCommandBufferRelease(cmd_buffer);
     }
 #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
     EMSCRIPTEN_MAINLOOP_END;
@@ -238,29 +260,72 @@ int main(int, char**)
     return 0;
 }
 
-static bool InitWGPU()
+#ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+static WGPUAdapter RequestAdapter(WGPUInstance instance)
 {
+    auto onAdapterRequestEnded = [](WGPURequestAdapterStatus status, WGPUAdapter adapter, const char* message, void* pUserData)
+    {
+        if (status == WGPURequestAdapterStatus_Success)
+            *(WGPUAdapter*)(pUserData) = adapter;
+        else
+            printf("Could not get WebGPU adapter: %s\n", message);
+};
+    WGPUAdapter adapter;
+    wgpuInstanceRequestAdapter(instance, nullptr, onAdapterRequestEnded, (void*)&adapter);
+    return adapter;
+}
+
+static WGPUDevice RequestDevice(WGPUAdapter& adapter)
+{
+    auto onDeviceRequestEnded = [](WGPURequestDeviceStatus status, WGPUDevice device, const char* message, void* pUserData)
+    {
+        if (status == WGPURequestDeviceStatus_Success)
+            *(WGPUDevice*)(pUserData) = device;
+        else
+            printf("Could not get WebGPU device: %s\n", message);
+    };
+    WGPUDevice device;
+    wgpuAdapterRequestDevice(adapter, nullptr, onDeviceRequestEnded, (void*)&device);
+    return device;
+}
+#endif
+
+static bool InitWGPU(GLFWwindow* window)
+{
+    wgpu::Instance instance = wgpuCreateInstance(nullptr);
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
     wgpu_device = emscripten_webgpu_get_device();
     if (!wgpu_device)
         return false;
+#else
+    WGPUAdapter adapter = RequestAdapter(instance.Get());
+    if (!adapter)
+        return false;
+    wgpu_device = RequestDevice(adapter);
+#endif
 
-    wgpuDeviceSetUncapturedErrorCallback(wgpu_device, wgpu_error_callback, nullptr);
-
-    // Use C++ wrapper due to misbehavior in Emscripten.
-    // Some offset computation for wgpuInstanceCreateSurface in JavaScript
-    // seem to be inline with struct alignments in the C++ structure
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
     wgpu::SurfaceDescriptorFromCanvasHTMLSelector html_surface_desc = {};
     html_surface_desc.selector = "#canvas";
-
     wgpu::SurfaceDescriptor surface_desc = {};
     surface_desc.nextInChain = &html_surface_desc;
-
-    wgpu::Instance instance = wgpuCreateInstance(nullptr);
     wgpu::Surface surface = instance.CreateSurface(&surface_desc);
+
     wgpu::Adapter adapter = {};
     wgpu_preferred_fmt = (WGPUTextureFormat)surface.GetPreferredFormat(adapter);
+#else
+    wgpu::Surface surface = wgpu::glfw::CreateSurfaceForWindow(instance, window);
+    if (!surface)
+        return false;
+    wgpu_preferred_fmt = WGPUTextureFormat_BGRA8Unorm;
+#endif
+
+    wgpu_instance = instance.MoveToCHandle();
     wgpu_surface = surface.MoveToCHandle();
 
+    wgpuDeviceSetUncapturedErrorCallback(wgpu_device, wgpu_error_callback, nullptr);
+
     return true;
 }
 

examples/example_glfw_wgpu/web/index.html

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
   <head>
     <meta charset="utf-8">
     <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1, minimum-scale=1, user-scalable=no"/>
-    <title>Dear ImGui Emscripten+WebGPU example</title>
+    <title>Dear ImGui Emscripten+GLFW+WebGPU example</title>
     <style>
         body { margin: 0; background-color: black }
         .emscripten {
@@ -63,6 +63,10 @@
 
       // Initialize the graphics adapter
       {
+          if (!navigator.gpu) {
+            throw Error("WebGPU not supported.");
+          }
+
           const adapter = await navigator.gpu.requestAdapter();
           const device = await adapter.requestDevice();
           Module.preinitializedWebGPUDevice = device;

examples/example_sdl2_sdlrenderer2/main.cpp

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ int main(int, char**)
         SDL_RenderSetScale(renderer, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
         SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(renderer, (Uint8)(clear_color.x * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.y * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.z * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.w * 255));
         SDL_RenderClear(renderer);
-        ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+        ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData(), renderer);
         SDL_RenderPresent(renderer);
     }
 

examples/example_sdl2_vulkan/main.cpp

@@ -20,8 +20,12 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>         // abort
 #include <SDL.h>
 #include <SDL_vulkan.h>
-#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
-//#include <vulkan/vulkan_beta.h>
+
+// Volk headers
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+#define VOLK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include <Volk/volk.h>
+#endif
 
 //#define APP_USE_UNLIMITED_FRAME_RATE
 #ifdef _DEBUG
@@ -101,6 +105,9 @@ static VkPhysicalDevice SetupVulkan_SelectPhysicalDevice()
 static void SetupVulkan(ImVector<const char*> instance_extensions)
 {
     VkResult err;
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+    volkInitialize();
+#endif
 
     // Create Vulkan Instance
     {
@@ -139,17 +146,20 @@ static void SetupVulkan(ImVector<const char*> instance_extensions)
         create_info.ppEnabledExtensionNames = instance_extensions.Data;
         err = vkCreateInstance(&create_info, g_Allocator, &g_Instance);
         check_vk_result(err);
+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_VOLK
+        volkLoadInstance(g_Instance);
+#endif
 
         // Setup the debug report callback
 #ifdef APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
-        auto vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT");
-        IM_ASSERT(vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT != nullptr);
+        auto f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT");
+        IM_ASSERT(f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT != nullptr);
         VkDebugReportCallbackCreateInfoEXT debug_report_ci = {};
         debug_report_ci.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_REPORT_CALLBACK_CREATE_INFO_EXT;
         debug_report_ci.flags = VK_DEBUG_REPORT_ERROR_BIT_EXT | VK_DEBUG_REPORT_WARNING_BIT_EXT | VK_DEBUG_REPORT_PERFORMANCE_WARNING_BIT_EXT;
         debug_report_ci.pfnCallback = debug_report;
         debug_report_ci.pUserData = nullptr;
-        err = vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, &debug_report_ci, g_Allocator, &g_DebugReport);
+        err = f_vkCreateDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, &debug_report_ci, g_Allocator, &g_DebugReport);
         check_vk_result(err);
 #endif
     }
@@ -265,8 +275,8 @@ static void CleanupVulkan()
 
 #ifdef APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
     // Remove the debug report callback
-    auto vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT");
-    vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, g_DebugReport, g_Allocator);
+    auto f_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT = (PFN_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(g_Instance, "vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT");
+    f_vkDestroyDebugReportCallbackEXT(g_Instance, g_DebugReport, g_Allocator);
 #endif // APP_USE_VULKAN_DEBUG_REPORT
 
     vkDestroyDevice(g_Device, g_Allocator);

examples/example_sdl3_opengl3/Makefile

@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ LIBS =
 
 ifeq ($(UNAME_S), Linux) #LINUX
 	ECHO_MESSAGE = "Linux"
-	LIBS += $(LINUX_GL_LIBS) -ldl `sdl3-config --libs`
+	LIBS += $(LINUX_GL_LIBS) -ldl `pkg-config sdl3 --libs`
 
-	CXXFLAGS += `sdl3-config --cflags`
+	CXXFLAGS += `pkg-config sdl3 --cflags`
 	CFLAGS = $(CXXFLAGS)
 endif
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ ifeq ($(UNAME_S), Darwin) #APPLE
 	LIBS += -framework OpenGL -framework Cocoa -framework IOKit -framework CoreVideo `sdl3-config --libs`
 	LIBS += -L/usr/local/lib -L/opt/local/lib
 
-	CXXFLAGS += `sdl3-config --cflags`
+	CXXFLAGS += `pkg-config sdl3 --cflags`
 	CXXFLAGS += -I/usr/local/include -I/opt/local/include
 	CFLAGS = $(CXXFLAGS)
 endif

examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/Makefile

@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ LIBS =
 
 ifeq ($(UNAME_S), Linux) #LINUX
 	ECHO_MESSAGE = "Linux"
-	LIBS += -ldl `sdl3-config --libs`
+	LIBS += -ldl `pkg-config sdl3  --libs`
 
-	CXXFLAGS += `sdl3-config --cflags`
+	CXXFLAGS += `pkg-config sdl3 --cflags`
 	CFLAGS = $(CXXFLAGS)
 endif
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ ifeq ($(UNAME_S), Darwin) #APPLE
 	LIBS += -framework OpenGL -framework Cocoa -framework IOKit -framework CoreVideo `sdl3-config --libs`
 	LIBS += -L/usr/local/lib -L/opt/local/lib
 
-	CXXFLAGS += `sdl3-config --cflags`
+	CXXFLAGS += `pkg-config sdl3 --cflags`
 	CXXFLAGS += -I/usr/local/include -I/opt/local/include
 	CFLAGS = $(CXXFLAGS)
 endif

examples/example_sdl3_sdlrenderer3/main.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ int main(int, char**)
         printf("Error: SDL_CreateWindow(): %s\n", SDL_GetError());
         return -1;
     }
-    SDL_Renderer* renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, nullptr, SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC | SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED);
+    SDL_Renderer* renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, nullptr);
+    SDL_SetRenderVSync(renderer, 1);
     if (renderer == nullptr)
     {
         SDL_Log("Error: SDL_CreateRenderer(): %s\n", SDL_GetError());
@@ -159,9 +160,9 @@ int main(int, char**)
         // Rendering
         ImGui::Render();
         //SDL_RenderSetScale(renderer, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
-        SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(renderer, (Uint8)(clear_color.x * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.y * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.z * 255), (Uint8)(clear_color.w * 255));
+        SDL_SetRenderDrawColorFloat(renderer, clear_color.x, clear_color.y, clear_color.z, clear_color.w);
         SDL_RenderClear(renderer);
-        ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
+        ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData(), renderer);
         SDL_RenderPresent(renderer);
     }
 

examples/example_win32_directx10/main.cpp

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 // Data
 static ID3D10Device*            g_pd3dDevice = nullptr;
 static IDXGISwapChain*          g_pSwapChain = nullptr;
+static bool                     g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
 static UINT                     g_ResizeWidth = 0, g_ResizeHeight = 0;
 static ID3D10RenderTargetView*  g_mainRenderTargetView = nullptr;
 
@@ -100,6 +101,14 @@ int main(int, char**)
         if (done)
             break;
 
+        // Handle window being minimized or screen locked
+        if (g_SwapChainOccluded && g_pSwapChain->Present(0, DXGI_PRESENT_TEST) == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED)
+        {
+            ::Sleep(10);
+            continue;
+        }
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
+
         // Handle window resize (we don't resize directly in the WM_SIZE handler)
         if (g_ResizeWidth != 0 && g_ResizeHeight != 0)
         {
@@ -158,10 +167,13 @@ int main(int, char**)
         g_pd3dDevice->ClearRenderTargetView(g_mainRenderTargetView, clear_color_with_alpha);
         ImGui_ImplDX10_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
-        g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); // Present with vsync
-        //g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        // Present
+        HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);   // Present with vsync
+        //HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = (hr == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED);
     }
 
+    // Cleanup
     ImGui_ImplDX10_Shutdown();
     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
     ImGui::DestroyContext();

examples/example_win32_directx11/main.cpp

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 static ID3D11Device*            g_pd3dDevice = nullptr;
 static ID3D11DeviceContext*     g_pd3dDeviceContext = nullptr;
 static IDXGISwapChain*          g_pSwapChain = nullptr;
+static bool                     g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
 static UINT                     g_ResizeWidth = 0, g_ResizeHeight = 0;
 static ID3D11RenderTargetView*  g_mainRenderTargetView = nullptr;
 
@@ -100,6 +101,14 @@ int main(int, char**)
         if (done)
             break;
 
+        // Handle window being minimized or screen locked
+        if (g_SwapChainOccluded && g_pSwapChain->Present(0, DXGI_PRESENT_TEST) == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED)
+        {
+            ::Sleep(10);
+            continue;
+        }
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
+
         // Handle window resize (we don't resize directly in the WM_SIZE handler)
         if (g_ResizeWidth != 0 && g_ResizeHeight != 0)
         {
@@ -158,8 +167,10 @@ int main(int, char**)
         g_pd3dDeviceContext->ClearRenderTargetView(g_mainRenderTargetView, clear_color_with_alpha);
         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
 
-        g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); // Present with vsync
-        //g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        // Present
+        HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);   // Present with vsync
+        //HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = (hr == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED);
     }
 
     // Cleanup

examples/example_win32_directx12/main.cpp

@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
 #pragma comment(lib, "dxguid.lib")
 #endif
 
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
 struct FrameContext
 {
     ID3D12CommandAllocator* CommandAllocator;
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ static ID3D12Fence*                 g_fence = nullptr;
 static HANDLE                       g_fenceEvent = nullptr;
 static UINT64                       g_fenceLastSignaledValue = 0;
 static IDXGISwapChain3*             g_pSwapChain = nullptr;
+static bool                         g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
 static HANDLE                       g_hSwapChainWaitableObject = nullptr;
 static ID3D12Resource*              g_mainRenderTargetResource[NUM_BACK_BUFFERS] = {};
 static D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE  g_mainRenderTargetDescriptor[NUM_BACK_BUFFERS] = {};
@@ -137,6 +140,14 @@ int main(int, char**)
         if (done)
             break;
 
+        // Handle window screen locked
+        if (g_SwapChainOccluded && g_pSwapChain->Present(0, DXGI_PRESENT_TEST) == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED)
+        {
+            ::Sleep(10);
+            continue;
+        }
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = false;
+
         // Start the Dear ImGui frame
         ImGui_ImplDX12_NewFrame();
         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
@@ -209,8 +220,10 @@ int main(int, char**)
 
         g_pd3dCommandQueue->ExecuteCommandLists(1, (ID3D12CommandList* const*)&g_pd3dCommandList);
 
-        g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); // Present with vsync
-        //g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        // Present
+        HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);   // Present with vsync
+        //HRESULT hr = g_pSwapChain->Present(0, 0); // Present without vsync
+        g_SwapChainOccluded = (hr == DXGI_STATUS_OCCLUDED);
 
         UINT64 fenceValue = g_fenceLastSignaledValue + 1;
         g_pd3dCommandQueue->Signal(g_fence, fenceValue);

examples/example_win32_directx9/main.cpp

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 // Data
 static LPDIRECT3D9              g_pD3D = nullptr;
 static LPDIRECT3DDEVICE9        g_pd3dDevice = nullptr;
+static bool                     g_DeviceLost = false;
 static UINT                     g_ResizeWidth = 0, g_ResizeHeight = 0;
 static D3DPRESENT_PARAMETERS    g_d3dpp = {};
 
@@ -98,6 +99,20 @@ int main(int, char**)
         if (done)
             break;
 
+        // Handle lost D3D9 device
+        if (g_DeviceLost)
+        {
+            HRESULT hr = g_pd3dDevice->TestCooperativeLevel();
+            if (hr == D3DERR_DEVICELOST)
+            {
+                ::Sleep(10);
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (hr == D3DERR_DEVICENOTRESET)
+                ResetDevice();
+            g_DeviceLost = false;
+        }
+
         // Handle window resize (we don't resize directly in the WM_SIZE handler)
         if (g_ResizeWidth != 0 && g_ResizeHeight != 0)
         {
@@ -163,12 +178,11 @@ int main(int, char**)
             g_pd3dDevice->EndScene();
         }
         HRESULT result = g_pd3dDevice->Present(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
-
-        // Handle loss of D3D9 device
-        if (result == D3DERR_DEVICELOST && g_pd3dDevice->TestCooperativeLevel() == D3DERR_DEVICENOTRESET)
-            ResetDevice();
+        if (result == D3DERR_DEVICELOST)
+            g_DeviceLost = true;
     }
 
+    // Cleanup
     ImGui_ImplDX9_Shutdown();
     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
     ImGui::DestroyContext();

examples/libs/usynergy/uSynergy.h

@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ typedef void		(*uSynergySleepFunc)(uSynergyCookie cookie, int timeMs);
 @brief Get time function
 
 This function is called when uSynergy needs to know the current time. This is used to determine when timeouts
-have occured. The time base should be a cyclic millisecond time value.
+have occurred. The time base should be a cyclic millisecond time value.
 
 @returns			Time value in milliseconds
 **/

imconfig.h

@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
 
 #pragma once
 
+#define WIN98
+
 //---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
 // If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement.
 //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)  MyAssert(_EXPR)

imgui.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (headers)
 
 // Help:
@@ -7,15 +7,19 @@
 // - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
 
 // Resources:
-// - FAQ                   https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started       https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Homepage              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
-// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
-// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
-// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
-// - Tests & Automation    https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine
+// - FAQ ........................ https://dearimgui.com/faq (in repository as docs/FAQ.md)
+// - Homepage ................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// - Releases & changelog ....... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// - Gallery .................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/7503 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
+// - Wiki ....................... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
+//   - Getting Started            https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started (how to integrate in an existing app by adding ~25 lines of code)
+//   - Third-party Extensions     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions (ImPlot & many more)
+//   - Bindings/Backends          https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings (language bindings, backends for various tech/engines)
+//   - Glossary                   https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
+//   - Debug Tools                https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+//   - Software using Dear ImGui  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui
+// - Issues & support ........... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
+// - Test Engine & Automation ... https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine (test suite, test engine to automate your apps)
 
 // For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
 // please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
@@ -23,8 +27,8 @@
 
 // Library Version
 // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
-#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.90.3"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19030
+#define IMGUI_VERSION       "1.90.9 WIP"
+#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM   19080
 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
 
 /*
@@ -86,6 +90,8 @@ Index of this file:
 #endif
 #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR))))     // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
 #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)(_VAR))                              // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
+
+// Check that version and structures layouts are matching between compiled imgui code and caller. Read comments above DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout() for details.
 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
 
 // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
@@ -126,6 +132,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
@@ -136,6 +143,17 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// Scalar data types
+typedef unsigned int        ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
+typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
+typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
+typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
+typedef signed   long long  ImS64;  // 64-bit signed integer
+typedef unsigned long long  ImU64;  // 64-bit unsigned integer
+
 // Forward declarations
 struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
 struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
@@ -171,24 +189,26 @@ struct ImGuiViewport;               // A Platform Window (always only one in 'ma
 // Enumerations
 // - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration)
 // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
-//   In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-//   With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
+enum ImGuiDir : int;                // -> enum ImGuiDir              // Enum: A cardinal direction (Left, Right, Up, Down)
 enum ImGuiKey : int;                // -> enum ImGuiKey              // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value)
 enum ImGuiMouseSource : int;        // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource      // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen)
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8;     // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection    // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
 typedef int ImGuiCol;               // -> enum ImGuiCol_             // Enum: A color identifier for styling
 typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
 typedef int ImGuiDataType;          // -> enum ImGuiDataType_        // Enum: A primary data type
-typedef int ImGuiDir;               // -> enum ImGuiDir_             // Enum: A cardinal direction
 typedef int ImGuiMouseButton;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_     // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
 typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_     // Enum: A mouse cursor shape
-typedef int ImGuiSortDirection;     // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_   // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
 typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_        // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
 typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget;     // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_   // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
 
 // Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file)
 // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
-//   In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-//   With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
 typedef int ImDrawFlags;            // -> enum ImDrawFlags_          // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
 typedef int ImDrawListFlags;        // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_      // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
 typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags;       // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_     // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
@@ -201,6 +221,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiComboFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_      // Flags: f
 typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
 typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_    // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
 typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_    // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
+typedef int ImGuiInputFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_      // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
 typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
 typedef int ImGuiKeyChord;          // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX    // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values.
 typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_      // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
@@ -229,17 +250,6 @@ typedef void* ImTextureID;          // Default: store a pointer or an integer fi
 typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;   // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
 #endif
 
-// Scalar data types
-typedef unsigned int        ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
-typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
-typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
-typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
-typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
-typedef signed   long long  ImS64;  // 64-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned long long  ImU64;  // 64-bit unsigned integer
-
 // Character types
 // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
 typedef unsigned int ImWchar32;     // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
@@ -445,7 +455,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
     IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
-    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col);                                         // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
+    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
 
     // Layout cursor positioning
@@ -690,7 +700,8 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Tooltips
     // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
-    // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. SetTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom.
+    // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types.
+    // - SetTooltip() is more or less a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom (with a subtlety that it discard any previously submitted tooltip)
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window.
     IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();                                                       // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true!
     IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip().
@@ -701,7 +712,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom.
     // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
     IMGUI_API bool          BeginItemTooltip();                                                 // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered.
-    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                 // set a text-only tooltip if preceeding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                 // set a text-only tooltip if preceding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
     IMGUI_API void          SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
 
     // Popups, Modals
@@ -928,6 +939,24 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key);                                           // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
     IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard);        // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.
 
+    // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA]
+    // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey + optional ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
+    //       ImGuiKey_C                          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //       ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C          // Accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord arguments)
+    //   only ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to combine with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT combine two ImGuiKey values.
+    // - The general idea is that several callers may register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
+    //      Parent   -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //        Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
+    //        Child2 -> no call                  // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
+    //   The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 makes its calls before Parent, results will be identical.
+    //   This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
+    // - To understand the difference:
+    //   - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods and call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
+    //   - Shortcut() submits a route, routes are resolved, if it currently can be routed it calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects as it can prevents another call from getting the route.
+    // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+
     // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific
     // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
     // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
@@ -942,8 +971,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePos();                                                      // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
-    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
-    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold if lock_threshold < 0.0f)
     IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0);                   //
     IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
     IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type);                       // set desired mouse cursor shape
@@ -967,6 +996,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger
     IMGUI_API void          DebugTextEncoding(const char* text);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugStartItemPicker();
     IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
 
     // Memory Allocators
@@ -978,6 +1008,11 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
     IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);
 
+    // Windows98 functions
+    IMGUI_API void          WinAddRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max, bool inset);
+    IMGUI_API void          StyleWin98(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);
+
+
 } // namespace ImGui
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1052,28 +1087,37 @@ enum ImGuiChildFlags_
 // (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive)
 enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
 {
+    // Basic filters (also see ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_None                = 0,
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal        = 1 << 0,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal    = 1 << 1,   // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 2,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 3,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 4,   // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 6,   // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 7,   // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 8,   // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 9,   // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 10,  // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11,  // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 12,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite     = 1 << 13,  // Overwrite mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 14,  // Read-only mode
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 15,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 2,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 3,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 4,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
+
+    // Inputs
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 5,   // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 6,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll     = 1 << 7,   // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 8,   // In multi-line mode, validate with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: validate with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
+
+    // Other options
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 9,   // Read-only mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 10,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*', disable copy
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite     = 1 << 11,  // Overwrite mode
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 12,  // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal    = 1 << 13,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: parse empty string as zero value.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal  = 1 << 14,  // InputFloat(), InputInt(), InputScalar() etc. only: when value is zero, do not display it. Generally used with ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 15,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo          = 1 << 16,  // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 17,  // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 18,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 19,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll     = 1 << 20,  // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
+
+    // Callback features
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 17,  // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 18,  // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 19,  // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 20,  // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 21,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 22,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
 
     // Obsolete names
     //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode  = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
@@ -1093,12 +1137,13 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow          = 1 << 7,   // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag!
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default.
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area).
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns       = 1 << 13,  // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 14,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
-    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 15,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding() before the node.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line without using AllowOverlap mode.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (cover the indent area).
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth        = 1 << 13,  // Narrow hit box + narrow hovering highlight, will only cover the label text.
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns       = 1 << 14,  // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 15,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
+    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 16,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
     ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog,
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -1283,7 +1328,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataType_
 };
 
 // A cardinal direction
-enum ImGuiDir_
+enum ImGuiDir : int
 {
     ImGuiDir_None    = -1,
     ImGuiDir_Left    = 0,
@@ -1294,7 +1339,7 @@ enum ImGuiDir_
 };
 
 // A sorting direction
-enum ImGuiSortDirection_
+enum ImGuiSortDirection : ImU8
 {
     ImGuiSortDirection_None         = 0,
     ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending    = 1,    // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
@@ -1413,13 +1458,13 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int
     // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
     //   In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
     //   backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
+    // - On macOS, we swap Cmd(Super) and Ctrl keys at the time of the io.AddKeyEvent() call.
     ImGuiMod_None                   = 0,
-    ImGuiMod_Ctrl                   = 1 << 12, // Ctrl
+    ImGuiMod_Ctrl                   = 1 << 12, // Ctrl (non-macOS), Cmd (macOS)
     ImGuiMod_Shift                  = 1 << 13, // Shift
     ImGuiMod_Alt                    = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu
-    ImGuiMod_Super                  = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows
-    ImGuiMod_Shortcut               = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS).
-    ImGuiMod_Mask_                  = 0xF800,  // 5-bits
+    ImGuiMod_Super                  = 1 << 15, // Windows/Super (non-macOS), Ctrl (macOS)
+    ImGuiMod_Mask_                  = 0xF000,  // 4-bits
 
     // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
     // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
@@ -1436,11 +1481,37 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int
 #endif
 
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+    ImGuiMod_Shortcut               = ImGuiMod_Ctrl,            // Removed in 1.90.7, you can now simply use ImGuiMod_Ctrl
     ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89
     //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,              // Renamed in 1.87
 #endif
 };
 
+// Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut(),
+// (and for upcoming extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() that are still in imgui_internal.h)
+// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
+enum ImGuiInputFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiInputFlags_None                    = 0,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
+
+    // Flags for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut()
+    // - Routing policies: RouteGlobal+OverActive >> RouteActive or RouteFocused (if owner is active item) >> RouteGlobal+OverFocused >> RouteFocused (if in focused window stack) >> RouteGlobal.
+    // - Default policy is RouteFocused. Can select only 1 policy among all available.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive             = 1 << 10,  // Route to active item only.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused            = 1 << 11,  // Route to windows in the focus stack (DEFAULT). Deep-most focused window takes inputs. Active item takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal             = 1 << 12,  // Global route (unless a focused window or active item registered the route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways             = 1 << 13,  // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
+    // - Routing options
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused        = 1 << 14,  // Option: global route: higher priority than focused route (unless active item in focused route).
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive         = 1 << 15,  // Option: global route: higher priority than active item. Unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overridden by this. May not be fully honored as user/internal code is likely to always assume they can access keys when active.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused    = 1 << 16,  // Option: global route: will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow     = 1 << 17,  // Option: route evaluated from the point of view of root window rather than current window.
+
+    // Flags for SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip                 = 1 << 18,  // Automatically display a tooltip when hovering item [BETA] Unsure of right api (opt-in/opt-out)
+};
+
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
 // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
 // Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
@@ -1542,41 +1613,45 @@ enum ImGuiCol_
 // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code.
 //   During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
 // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description.
-//   In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-//   With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+//   - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+//   - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+//   - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
 // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
 enum ImGuiStyleVar_
 {
-    // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
-    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float     Alpha
-    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,       // float     DisabledAlpha
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2    WindowPadding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float     WindowRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,    // float     WindowBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,       // ImVec2    WindowMinSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign,    // ImVec2    WindowTitleAlign
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding,       // float     ChildRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize,     // float     ChildBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding,       // float     PopupRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize,     // float     PopupBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,        // ImVec2    FramePadding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,       // float     FrameRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize,     // float     FrameBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,         // ImVec2    ItemSpacing
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,    // ImVec2    ItemInnerSpacing
-    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,       // float     IndentSpacing
-    ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,         // ImVec2    CellPadding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize,       // float     ScrollbarSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,   // float     ScrollbarRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,         // float     GrabMinSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,        // float     GrabRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,         // float     TabRounding
-    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize,    // float     TabBarBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,     // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
-    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
-    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float  SeparatorTextBorderSize
-    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign,  // ImVec2    SeparatorTextAlign
-    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,// ImVec2    SeparatorTextPadding
+    // Enum name -------------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
+    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,                    // float     Alpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,            // float     DisabledAlpha
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,            // ImVec2    WindowPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,           // float     WindowRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,         // float     WindowBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,            // ImVec2    WindowMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign,         // ImVec2    WindowTitleAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding,            // float     ChildRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize,          // float     ChildBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding,            // float     PopupRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize,          // float     PopupBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,             // ImVec2    FramePadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,            // float     FrameRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize,          // float     FrameBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,              // ImVec2    ItemSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,         // ImVec2    ItemInnerSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,            // float     IndentSpacing
+    ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,              // ImVec2    CellPadding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize,            // float     ScrollbarSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,        // float     ScrollbarRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,              // float     GrabMinSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,             // float     GrabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,              // float     TabRounding
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize,            // float     TabBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize,         // float     TabBarBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle,  // float  TableAngledHeadersAngle
+    ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,          // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign,      // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,  // float  SeparatorTextBorderSize
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign,       // ImVec2    SeparatorTextAlign
+    ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,     // ImVec2    SeparatorTextPadding
     ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
 };
 
@@ -1587,10 +1662,8 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
     ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft        = 1 << 0,   // React on left mouse button (default)
     ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight       = 1 << 1,   // React on right mouse button
     ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle      = 1 << 2,   // React on center mouse button
-
-    // [Internal]
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle,
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_    = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, // [Internal]
+    //ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_  = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
 };
 
 // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
@@ -1863,7 +1936,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
     ImGuiID                     ColumnUserID;       // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
     ImS16                       ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
     ImS16                       SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
-    ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection : 8;  // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
+    ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection;      // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
 
     ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
@@ -1991,7 +2064,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     float       FrameBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
     ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
     ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
-    ImVec2      CellPadding;                // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
+    ImVec2      CellPadding;                // Padding within a table cell. Cellpadding.x is locked for entire table. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
     ImVec2      TouchExtraPadding;          // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
     float       IndentSpacing;              // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
     float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
@@ -2005,15 +2078,16 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
     float       TabMinWidthForCloseButton;  // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
     float       TabBarBorderSize;           // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
     float       TableAngledHeadersAngle;    // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees).
+    ImVec2      TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell
     ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
     ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
     ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
     float       SeparatorTextBorderSize;    // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
     ImVec2      SeparatorTextAlign;         // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
     ImVec2      SeparatorTextPadding;       // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
-    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
-    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
-    float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
+    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.
+    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).
+    float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later.
     bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
     bool        AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;     // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
     bool        AntiAliasedFill;            // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
@@ -2038,6 +2112,9 @@ struct ImGuiStyle
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
 // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+// It is generally expected that:
+// - initialization: backends and user code writes to ImGuiIO.
+// - main loop: backends writes to ImGuiIO, user code and imgui code reads from ImGuiIO.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
@@ -2073,7 +2150,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
 
     // Miscellaneous options
     bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
-    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
+    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
     bool        ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue;   // = true           // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
     bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
     bool        ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false          // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
@@ -2184,16 +2261,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     int         MetricsActiveWindows;               // Number of active windows
     ImVec2      MouseDelta;                         // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
 
-    // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
-    // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
-    //   Old (<1.87):  ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];             // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
-    bool        KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT];           // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
-    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];     // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
-    //void*     ImeWindowHandle;                    // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
-#endif
-
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
     // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
     //------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2214,7 +2281,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     bool        KeySuper;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows
 
     // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
-    ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods;                          // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
+    ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods;                          // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
     ImGuiKeyData  KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
     bool        WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose;   // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
     ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                       // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
@@ -2228,6 +2295,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     bool        MouseDownOwned[5];                  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
     bool        MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5];  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
     bool        MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap;          // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system.
+    bool        MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick;          // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click
     float       MouseDownDuration[5];               // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
     float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];           // Previous time the mouse button has been down
     float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5];         // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
@@ -2239,6 +2307,16 @@ struct ImGuiIO
     ImWchar16   InputQueueSurrogate;                // For AddInputCharacterUTF16()
     ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;         // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
 
+    // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
+    // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
+    //   Old (<1.87):  ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
+    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];             // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
+    bool        KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT];           // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
+    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];     // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
+    //void*     ImeWindowHandle;                    // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+#endif
+
     IMGUI_API   ImGuiIO();
 };
 
@@ -2263,6 +2341,8 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
     void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
 
     // Arguments for the different callback events
+    // - During Resize callback, Buf will be same as your input buffer.
+    // - However, during Completion/History/Always callback, Buf always points to our own internal data (it is not the same as your buffer)! Changes to it will be reflected into your own buffer shortly after the callback.
     // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
     // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
     ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
@@ -2706,15 +2786,15 @@ struct ImDrawList
     // [Internal, used while building lists]
     unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
     ImDrawListSharedData*   _Data;              // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
-    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
     ImDrawVert*             _VtxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
     ImDrawIdx*              _IdxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
-    ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
-    ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
     ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
     ImDrawCmdHeader         _CmdHeader;         // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
     ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
+    ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
+    ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
     float                   _FringeScale;       // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content
+    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
 
     // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
     ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }
@@ -2747,15 +2827,20 @@ struct ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
     IMGUI_API void  AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
     IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
-    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
     IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
     IMGUI_API void  AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
 
+    // General polygon
+    // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes).
+    // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library.
+    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+    IMGUI_API void  AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
+
     // Image primitives
     // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
     // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
@@ -2765,15 +2850,17 @@ struct ImDrawList
     IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
 
     // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
-    // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
+    //   so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex().
     inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos)                               { _Path.push_back(pos); }
     inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
     inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
+    inline    void  PathFillConcave(ImU32 col)                                  { AddConcavePolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
     inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
     IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
     IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
-    IMGUI_API void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
+    IMGUI_API void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
     IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
     IMGUI_API void  PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
     IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
@@ -2806,6 +2893,9 @@ struct ImDrawList
     inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
 
     // Obsolete names
+    //inline  void  AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddEllipse(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments, thickness); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0) { AddEllipseFilled(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), col, rot, num_segments); }                        // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
+    //inline  void  PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0) { PathEllipticalArcTo(center, ImVec2(radius_x, radius_y), rot, a_min, a_max, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.90.5 (Mar 2024)
     //inline  void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
     //inline  void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
 
@@ -2994,7 +3084,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas
 
     // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
     // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
-    // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format.
+    // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of preferred texture format.
     // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
     //   so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
     // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
@@ -3160,15 +3250,6 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData
 // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-namespace ImGui
-{
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiKey     GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);  // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
-#else
-    static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)   { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; }
-#endif
-}
-
 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
 namespace ImGui
 {
@@ -3187,11 +3268,14 @@ namespace ImGui
     static inline void  PopAllowKeyboardFocus()                                             { PopTabStop(); }
     // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
     IMGUI_API bool      ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
-    // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
-    static inline void  CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true)           { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
-    static inline void  CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true)                 { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); }       // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024)
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiKey  GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);                                          // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value!
+    //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)                                      { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; }
 
     // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
+    //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
+    //static inline void  CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true)         { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
+    //static inline void  CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true)               { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); }       // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
     //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
     //IMGUI_API void      CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
     //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)

imgui_demo.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (demo code)
 
 // Help:
@@ -7,9 +7,14 @@
 // - Need help integrating Dear ImGui in your codebase?
 //   - Read Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started
 //   - Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
-// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
+// Read top of imgui.cpp and imgui.h for many details, documentation, comments, links.
 // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
 
+// How to easily locate code?
+// - Use the Item Picker to debug break in code by clicking any widgets: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools
+// - Browse an online version the demo with code linked to hovered widgets: https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html
+// - Find a visible string and search for it in the code!
+
 //---------------------------------------------------
 // PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT!
 //---------------------------------------------------
@@ -54,8 +59,9 @@
 //   Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp.
 
 // Navigating this file:
-// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
 
 /*
 
@@ -130,6 +136,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro"              // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
@@ -259,6 +266,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
     // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing.
     IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!");
 
+    // Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues.
+    IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
+
     // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
     static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
     static bool show_app_console = false;
@@ -401,6 +411,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_tool_debug_log, has_debug_tools);
             ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &show_tool_id_stack_tool, has_debug_tools);
             ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_tool_style_editor);
+            bool is_debugger_present = ImGui::GetIO().ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent;
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present))
+                ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker();
+            if (!is_debugger_present)
+                ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools.");
+            ImGui::Separator();
             ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_tool_about);
             ImGui::EndMenu();
         }
@@ -475,6 +491,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
             ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors);
+            ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys, enable various MacOS style behaviors.");
             ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options.");
 
             ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug");
@@ -893,13 +910,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                 if (i == 0)
                     ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
 
-                if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
+                // Here we use PushID() to generate a unique base ID, and then the "" used as TreeNode id won't conflict.
+                // An alternative to using 'PushID() + TreeNode("", ...)' to generate a unique ID is to use 'TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, ...)',
+                // aka generate a dummy pointer-sized value to be hashed. The demo below uses that technique. Both are fine.
+                ImGui::PushID(i);
+                if (ImGui::TreeNode("", "Child %d", i))
                 {
                     ImGui::Text("blah blah");
                     ImGui::SameLine();
                     if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}
                     ImGui::TreePop();
                 }
+                ImGui::PopID();
             }
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
@@ -917,7 +939,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick);
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth",    &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node.");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth",     &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth",     &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Reduce hit area to the text label and a bit of margin.");
             ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns",    &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only.");
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap",      &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed",            &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)");
             ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
             ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop);
             ImGui::Text("Hello!");
@@ -950,6 +975,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                         ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
                         ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
                     }
+                    if (i == 2)
+                    {
+                        // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanTextWidth.
+                        ImGui::SameLine();
+                        if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}
+                    }
                     if (node_open)
                     {
                         ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
@@ -1282,6 +1313,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
             }
             ImGui::EndListBox();
         }
+        ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we are sharing selection state between both boxes.");
 
         // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall
         ImGui::Text("Full-width:");
@@ -1812,10 +1844,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate);
 
         // Plot as lines and plot as histogram
-        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram");
         static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
         ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
         ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f));
+        //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Consider using ImPlot instead!");
 
         // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot
         // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float
@@ -1865,15 +1897,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80));
         ImGui::Separator();
 
+        ImGui::TreePop();
+    }
+
+    IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Progress Bars");
+    if (ImGui::TreeNode("Progress Bars"))
+    {
         // Animate a simple progress bar
-        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar");
         static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f;
-        if (animate)
-        {
-            progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
-            if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
-            if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
-        }
+        progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
+        if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+        if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
 
         // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width,
         // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
@@ -1885,6 +1919,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
         char buf[32];
         sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753);
         ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf);
+
+        // Pass an animated negative value, e.g. -1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime() is the recommended value.
+        // Adjust the factor if you want to adjust the animation speed.
+        ImGui::ProgressBar(-1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime(), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), "Searching..");
+        ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+        ImGui::Text("Indeterminate");
+
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
 
@@ -2232,20 +2273,24 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
 
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs");
         static bool inputs_step = true;
+        static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None;
         ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
         ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input s8",      ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  inputs_step ? &s8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%d");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input u8",      ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  inputs_step ? &u8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%u");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input s16",     ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input u16",     ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32",     ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32",     ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X");
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input s64",     ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL);
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input u64",     ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL);
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input float",   ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL);
-        ImGui::InputScalar("input double",  ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s8",      ImGuiDataType_S8,     &s8_v,  inputs_step ? &s8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u8",      ImGuiDataType_U8,     &u8_v,  inputs_step ? &u8_one  : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s16",     ImGuiDataType_S16,    &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u16",     ImGuiDataType_U16,    &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32",     ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32,    &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32",     ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32,    &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input s64",     ImGuiDataType_S64,    &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input u64",     ImGuiDataType_U64,    &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input float",   ImGuiDataType_Float,  &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
+        ImGui::InputScalar("input double",  ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL, NULL, NULL, flags);
 
         ImGui::TreePop();
     }
@@ -2475,9 +2520,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
                     {
                         IM_UNUSED(payload);
                         ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed);
-                        ImGui::BeginTooltip();
-                        ImGui::Text("Cannot drop here!");
-                        ImGui::EndTooltip();
+                        ImGui::SetTooltip("Cannot drop here!");
                     }
                     ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
                 }
@@ -3836,7 +3879,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
             static int item = 1;
             static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
             ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
-            ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
+            ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color);
 
             if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
                 ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
@@ -3848,6 +3891,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
             if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open))
             {
                 ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
+                ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", color); // Allow opening another nested popup
                 if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
                     ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
                 ImGui::EndPopup();
@@ -5133,7 +5177,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
         static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
 
         static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns;
-        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth",  &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth",  &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns);
 
         HelpMarker("See \"Columns flags\" section to configure how indentation is applied to individual columns.");
@@ -5307,23 +5352,37 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
         const int rows_count = 12;
 
         static ImGuiTableFlags table_flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn;
+        static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
         static bool bools[columns_count * rows_count] = {}; // Dummy storage selection storage
         static int frozen_cols = 1;
         static int frozen_rows = 2;
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollX", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollY", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Resizable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoBordersInBody", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_HighlightHoveredColumn", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
         ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
         ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen columns", &frozen_cols, 0, 2);
         ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
         ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen rows", &frozen_rows, 0, 2);
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Disable header contributing to column width", &column_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth);
+
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style settings"))
+        {
+            ImGui::SameLine();
+            HelpMarker("Giving access to some ImGuiStyle value in this demo for convenience.");
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+            ImGui::SliderAngle("style.TableAngledHeadersAngle", &ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f);
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&ImGui::GetStyle().TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
 
         if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_angled_headers", columns_count, table_flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12)))
         {
             ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[0], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder);
             for (int n = 1; n < columns_count; n++)
-                ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
+                ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], column_flags);
             ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(frozen_cols, frozen_rows);
 
             ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); // Draw angled headers for all columns with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag.
@@ -5470,6 +5529,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
         HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc.");
 
         static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+        ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit);
         ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
@@ -6129,12 +6189,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
         // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs");
         ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs"))
+        bool inputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker(
+            "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n"
+            "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n"
+            "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'.");
+        if (inputs_opened)
         {
-            HelpMarker(
-                "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n"
-                "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n"
-                "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'.");
             if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
                 ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
             else
@@ -6165,15 +6227,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
         // Display ImGuiIO output flags
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs");
         ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
-        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs"))
+        bool outputs_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs");
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        HelpMarker(
+            "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
+            "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
+            "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
+            "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
+            "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
+            "rules leading to how those flags are set).");
+        if (outputs_opened)
         {
-            HelpMarker(
-                "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
-                "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
-                "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
-                "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
-                "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
-                "rules leading to how those flags are set).");
             ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
             ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose);
             ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
@@ -6207,6 +6271,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
             ImGui::TreePop();
         }
 
+        // Demonstrate using Shortcut() and Routing Policies.
+        // The general flow is:
+        // - Code interested in a chord (e.g. "Ctrl+A") declares their intent.
+        // - Multiple locations may be interested in same chord! Routing helps find a winner.
+        // - Every frame, we resolve all claims and assign one owner if the modifiers are matching.
+        // - The lower-level function is 'bool SetShortcutRouting()', returns true when caller got the route.
+        // - Most of the times, SetShortcutRouting() is not called directly. User mostly calls Shortcut() with routing flags.
+        // - If you call Shortcut() WITHOUT any routing option, it uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused.
+        // TL;DR: Most uses will simply be:
+        // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A); // Use ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused policy.
+        IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Shortcuts");
+        if (ImGui::TreeNode("Shortcuts"))
+        {
+            static ImGuiInputFlags route_options = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
+            static ImGuiInputFlags route_type = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
+            ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive);
+            ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default)", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused);
+            ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
+            ImGui::Indent();
+            ImGui::BeginDisabled(route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive);
+            ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused", &route_options, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused);
+            ImGui::EndDisabled();
+            ImGui::Unindent();
+            ImGui::RadioButton("ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways", &route_type, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
+            ImGuiInputFlags flags = route_type | route_options; // Merged flags
+            if (route_type != ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
+                flags &= ~(ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused);
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Using SetNextItemShortcut()");
+            ImGui::Text("Ctrl+S");
+            ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+            ImGui::Button("Save");
+            ImGui::Text("Alt+F");
+            ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Alt | ImGuiKey_F, flags | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+            static float f = 0.5f;
+            ImGui::SliderFloat("Factor", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+
+            ImGui::SeparatorText("Using Shortcut()");
+            const float line_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
+            const ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A;
+
+            ImGui::Text("Ctrl+A");
+            ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+
+            ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.1f));
+
+            ImGui::BeginChild("WindowA", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 14), true);
+            ImGui::Text("Press CTRL+A and see who receives it!");
+            ImGui::Separator();
+
+            // 1: Window polling for CTRL+A
+            ImGui::Text("(in WindowA)");
+            ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+
+            // 2: InputText also polling for CTRL+A: it always uses _RouteFocused internally (gets priority when active)
+            // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h)
+            //char str[16] = "Press CTRL+A";
+            //ImGui::Spacing();
+            //ImGui::InputText("InputTextB", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+            //ImGuiID item_id = ImGui::GetItemID();
+            //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Internal widgets always use _RouteFocused");
+            //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, item_id) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+
+            // 3: Dummy child is not claiming the route: focusing them shouldn't steal route away from WindowA
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildD", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true);
+            ImGui::Text("(in ChildD: not using same Shortcut)");
+            ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d", ImGui::IsWindowFocused());
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+
+            // 4: Child window polling for CTRL+A. It is deeper than WindowA and gets priority when focused.
+            ImGui::BeginChild("ChildE", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, line_height * 4), true);
+            ImGui::Text("(in ChildE: using same Shortcut)");
+            ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+
+            // 5: In a popup
+            if (ImGui::Button("Open Popup"))
+                ImGui::OpenPopup("PopupF");
+            if (ImGui::BeginPopup("PopupF"))
+            {
+                ImGui::Text("(in PopupF)");
+                ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+                // (Commmented because the owner-aware version of Shortcut() is still in imgui_internal.h)
+                //ImGui::InputText("InputTextG", str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
+                //ImGui::Text("IsWindowFocused: %d, Shortcut: %s", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::Shortcut(key_chord, flags, ImGui::GetItemID()) ? "PRESSED" : "...");
+                ImGui::EndPopup();
+            }
+            ImGui::EndChild();
+            ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+
+            ImGui::TreePop();
+        }
+
         // Display mouse cursors
         IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors");
         if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors"))
@@ -6342,7 +6502,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
     ImGui::Separator();
     ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors.");
     ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
-    ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider sponsoring the project!");
+    ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider funding the project.");
 
     static bool show_config_info = false;
     ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info);
@@ -6607,12 +6767,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
             ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
             ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f);
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
 
             ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
             int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
             if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
-                style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1;
+                style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = (ImGuiDir)(window_menu_button_position - 1);
             ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0");
             ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
             ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
@@ -6637,7 +6798,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
                 }
 
             ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc");
-            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplayWindowPadding", (float*)&style.DisplayWindowPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen.");
+            ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Apply to every windows, menus, popups, tooltips: amount where we avoid displaying contents. Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
 
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
@@ -7070,6 +7232,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
         }
 
         // Options, Filter
+        ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
         if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
             ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
         ImGui::SameLine();
@@ -7078,7 +7241,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole
 
         // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text
         const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();
-        if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
+        if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
         {
             if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
             {
@@ -7780,7 +7943,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
     if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0),    ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX));      // Resize vertical + lock current width
     if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1),    ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1));      // Resize horizontal + lock current height
     if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1),  ImVec2(500, -1));          // Width Between and 400 and 500
-    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 500),  ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX));      // Height at least 400
+    if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400),  ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX));      // Height at least 400
     if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio);   // Aspect ratio
     if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square);                              // Always Square
     if (type == 8) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0),     ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step);            // Fixed Step
@@ -7955,6 +8118,14 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
 // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// Add a |_| looking shape
+static void PathConcaveShape(ImDrawList* draw_list, float x, float y, float sz)
+{
+    const ImVec2 pos_norms[] = { { 0.0f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.0f }, { 0.3f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.7f }, { 0.7f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 0.0f }, { 1.0f, 1.0f }, { 0.0f, 1.0f } };
+    for (const ImVec2& p : pos_norms)
+        draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.x), y + 0.5f + (int)(sz * p.y)));
+}
+
 // Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes.
 static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
 {
@@ -8027,6 +8198,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
             const float rounding = sz / 5.0f;
             const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0;
             const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0;
+            const ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(0.0f, sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, -sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; // Control points for curves
+            const ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(sz * 1.3f, sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz - sz * 1.3f, sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz, sz) };
+
             float x = p.x + 4.0f;
             float y = p.y + 4.0f;
             for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
@@ -8035,41 +8209,63 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
                 float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
                 draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th);                 x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
                 draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
-                draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing;	// Ellipse
+                draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing;	// Ellipse
                 draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Square
                 draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th);      x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
                 draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th);         x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
                 draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing;  // Triangle
                 //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+                PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th);          x += sz + spacing;  // Concave Shape
+                //draw_list->AddPolyline(concave_shape, IM_ARRAYSIZE(concave_shape), col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, th);
                 draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th);                                       x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
                 draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th);                                       x += spacing;       // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
                 draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th);                                  x += sz + spacing;  // Diagonal line
 
+                // Path
+                draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, 3.141592f, 3.141592f * -0.5f);
+                draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_None, th);
+                x += sz + spacing;
+
                 // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
-                ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) };
-                draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing;
+                draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), col, th, curve_segments);
+                x += sz + spacing;
 
                 // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points)
-                ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) };
-                draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments);
+                draw_list->AddBezierCubic(ImVec2(x + cp4[0].x, y + cp4[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[1].x, y + cp4[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[2].x, y + cp4[2].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[3].x, y + cp4[3].y), col, th, curve_segments);
 
                 x = p.x + 4;
                 y += sz + spacing;
             }
+
+            // Filled shapes
             draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, ngon_sides);             x += sz + spacing;  // N-gon
             draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, circle_segments);      x += sz + spacing;  // Circle
-            draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse
+            draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col);                                    x += sz + spacing;  // Square
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f);                             x += sz + spacing;  // Square with all rounded corners
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br);              x += sz + spacing;  // Square with two rounded corners
             draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col);  x += sz + spacing;  // Triangle
             //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
+            PathConcaveShape(draw_list, x, y, sz); draw_list->PathFillConcave(col);                                 x += sz + spacing;  // Concave shape
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col);                             x += sz + spacing;  // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col);                             x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
             draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col);                                      x += sz;            // Pixel (faster than AddLine)
-            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
 
-            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 11.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f));
+            // Path
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, 3.141592f * -0.5f, 3.141592f);
+            draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+            x += sz + spacing;
+
+            // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
+            draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y));
+            draw_list->PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), curve_segments);
+            draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
+            x += sz + spacing;
+
+            draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
+            x += sz + spacing;
+
+            ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 13.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f));
             ImGui::PopItemWidth();
             ImGui::EndTabItem();
         }
@@ -8239,92 +8435,119 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
 // Simplified structure to mimic a Document model
 struct MyDocument
 {
-    const char* Name;       // Document title
+    char        Name[32];   // Document title
+    int         UID;        // Unique ID (necessary as we can change title)
     bool        Open;       // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!)
     bool        OpenPrev;   // Copy of Open from last update.
     bool        Dirty;      // Set when the document has been modified
-    bool        WantClose;  // Set when the document
     ImVec4      Color;      // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
 
-    MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
+    MyDocument(int uid, const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
     {
-        Name = name;
+        UID = uid;
+        snprintf(Name, sizeof(Name), "%s", name);
         Open = OpenPrev = open;
         Dirty = false;
-        WantClose = false;
         Color = color;
     }
     void DoOpen()       { Open = true; }
-    void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
     void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; }
     void DoSave()       { Dirty = false; }
+};
+
+struct ExampleAppDocuments
+{
+    ImVector<MyDocument>    Documents;
+    ImVector<MyDocument*>   CloseQueue;
+    MyDocument*             RenamingDoc = NULL;
+    bool                    RenamingStarted = false;
+
+    ExampleAppDocuments()
+    {
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(0, "Lettuce",             true,  ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(1, "Eggplant",            true,  ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(2, "Carrot",              true,  ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(3, "Tomato",              false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(4, "A Rather Long Title", false, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f)));
+        Documents.push_back(MyDocument(5, "Some Document",       false, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.8f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
+    }
+
+    // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document ID so tabs are stable
+    void GetTabName(MyDocument* doc, char* out_buf, size_t out_buf_size)
+    {
+        snprintf(out_buf, out_buf_size, "%s###doc%d", doc->Name, doc->UID);
+    }
 
     // Display placeholder contents for the Document
-    static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc)
+    void DisplayDocContents(MyDocument* doc)
     {
         ImGui::PushID(doc);
         ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name);
         ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color);
         ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.");
         ImGui::PopStyleColor();
-        if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0)))
-            doc->Dirty = true;
+
+        ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+        if (ImGui::Button("Rename.."))
+        {
+            RenamingDoc = doc;
+            RenamingStarted = true;
+        }
         ImGui::SameLine();
-        if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0)))
+
+        ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+        if (ImGui::Button("Modify"))
+            doc->Dirty = true;
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+        if (ImGui::Button("Save"))
             doc->DoSave();
+
+        ImGui::SameLine();
+        ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip);
+        if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+            CloseQueue.push_back(doc);
         ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x);  // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior.
         ImGui::PopID();
     }
 
     // Display context menu for the Document
-    static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
+    void DisplayDocContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
     {
         if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
             return;
 
         char buf[256];
         sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name);
-        if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open))
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "Ctrl+S", false, doc->Open))
             doc->DoSave();
-        if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open))
-            doc->DoQueueClose();
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem("Rename...", "Ctrl+R", false, doc->Open))
+            RenamingDoc = doc;
+        if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W", false, doc->Open))
+            CloseQueue.push_back(doc);
         ImGui::EndPopup();
     }
-};
 
-struct ExampleAppDocuments
-{
-    ImVector<MyDocument> Documents;
-
-    ExampleAppDocuments()
+    // [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
+    // If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
+    // as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
+    // the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
+    // disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
+    // give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
+    // We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
+    // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
+    void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere()
     {
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce",             true,  ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant",            true,  ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot",              true,  ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato",              false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false));
-        Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document",       false));
+        for (MyDocument& doc : Documents)
+        {
+            if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev)
+                ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name);
+            doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open;
+        }
     }
 };
 
-// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
-// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
-// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
-// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
-// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
-// give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
-// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
-// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
-static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app)
-{
-    for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
-    {
-        if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev)
-            ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name);
-        doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open;
-    }
-}
-
 void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
 {
     static ExampleAppDocuments app;
@@ -8358,8 +8581,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
             }
             if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0))
                 for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
-                    doc.DoQueueClose();
-            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open)
+                    app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc);
+            if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit") && p_open)
                 *p_open = false;
             ImGui::EndMenu();
         }
@@ -8397,7 +8620,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
         if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags))
         {
             if (opt_reorderable)
-                NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
+                app.NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere();
 
             // [DEBUG] Stress tests
             //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1;            // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on.
@@ -8409,20 +8632,23 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
                 if (!doc.Open)
                     continue;
 
+                // As we allow to change document name, we append a never-changing document id so tabs are stable
+                char doc_name_buf[64];
+                app.GetTabName(&doc, doc_name_buf, sizeof(doc_name_buf));
                 ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
-                bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc.Name, &doc.Open, tab_flags);
+                bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc_name_buf, &doc.Open, tab_flags);
 
                 // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
                 if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty)
                 {
                     doc.Open = true;
-                    doc.DoQueueClose();
+                    app.CloseQueue.push_back(&doc);
                 }
 
-                MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(&doc);
+                app.DisplayDocContextMenu(&doc);
                 if (visible)
                 {
-                    MyDocument::DisplayContents(&doc);
+                    app.DisplayDocContents(&doc);
                     ImGui::EndTabItem();
                 }
             }
@@ -8431,33 +8657,44 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
         }
     }
 
-    // Update closing queue
-    static ImVector<MyDocument*> close_queue;
-    if (close_queue.empty())
+    // Display renaming UI
+    if (app.RenamingDoc != NULL)
     {
-        // Close queue is locked once we started a popup
-        for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
-            if (doc.WantClose)
+        if (app.RenamingStarted)
+            ImGui::OpenPopup("Rename");
+        if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Rename"))
+        {
+            ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 30);
+            if (ImGui::InputText("###Name", app.RenamingDoc->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(app.RenamingDoc->Name), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue))
             {
-                doc.WantClose = false;
-                close_queue.push_back(&doc);
+                ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+                app.RenamingDoc = NULL;
             }
+            if (app.RenamingStarted)
+                ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1);
+            ImGui::EndPopup();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            app.RenamingDoc = NULL;
+        }
+        app.RenamingStarted = false;
     }
 
     // Display closing confirmation UI
-    if (!close_queue.empty())
+    if (!app.CloseQueue.empty())
     {
         int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0;
-        for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
-            if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
+        for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++)
+            if (app.CloseQueue[n]->Dirty)
                 close_queue_unsaved_documents++;
 
         if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0)
         {
             // Close documents when all are unsaved
-            for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
-                close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
-            close_queue.clear();
+            for (int n = 0; n < app.CloseQueue.Size; n++)
+                app.CloseQueue[n]->DoForceClose();
+            app.CloseQueue.clear();
         }
         else
         {
@@ -8468,37 +8705,35 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
                 ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
                 float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
                 if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle))
-                {
-                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
-                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
-                            ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
-                }
+                    for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
+                        if (doc->Dirty)
+                            ImGui::Text("%s", doc->Name);
                 ImGui::EndChild();
 
                 ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f);
                 if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size))
                 {
-                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
+                    for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
                     {
-                        if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
-                            close_queue[n]->DoSave();
-                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
+                        if (doc->Dirty)
+                            doc->DoSave();
+                        doc->DoForceClose();
                     }
-                    close_queue.clear();
+                    app.CloseQueue.clear();
                     ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
                 }
                 ImGui::SameLine();
                 if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size))
                 {
-                    for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
-                        close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
-                    close_queue.clear();
+                    for (MyDocument* doc : app.CloseQueue)
+                        doc->DoForceClose();
+                    app.CloseQueue.clear();
                     ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
                 }
                 ImGui::SameLine();
                 if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size))
                 {
-                    close_queue.clear();
+                    app.CloseQueue.clear();
                     ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
                 }
                 ImGui::EndPopup();

imgui_draw.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (drawing and font code)
 
 /*
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
 // [SECTION] Style functions
 // [SECTION] ImDrawList
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
 // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
 // [SECTION] ImDrawData
 // [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
@@ -64,6 +65,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier"            // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
@@ -173,6 +175,12 @@ using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
 
 void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
 {
+#ifdef WIN98
+    // These colors don't make sense with win98 so just call this anyway
+    // also means I don't have to change all the examples
+    StyleWin98(dst);
+    return;
+#else
     ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
     ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
 
@@ -229,10 +237,17 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f);
+#endif
 }
 
 void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
 {
+#ifdef WIN98
+    // These colors don't make sense with win98 so just call this anyway
+    // also means I don't have to change all the examples
+    StyleWin98(dst);
+    return;
+#else
     ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
     ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
 
@@ -289,11 +304,19 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+#endif
 }
 
 // Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder
 void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
 {
+#ifdef WIN98
+    // These colors don't make sense with win98 so just call this anyway
+    // also means I don't have to change all the examples
+    StyleWin98(dst);
+    return;
+#else
+
     ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
     ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
 
@@ -350,8 +373,132 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
     colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+#endif
 }
 
+// Windows style config
+#ifdef WIN98
+void ImGui::StyleWin98(ImGuiStyle* dst)
+{
+    ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
+    style->FrameBorderSize = 1.0f;
+    style->FramePadding = ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f);
+    style->WindowMenuButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right;
+    style->ScrollbarSize = 16.0f;
+
+    ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
+
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Text]                   = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]           = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg]               = ImVec4(0.75f, 0.75f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg]                = ImVec4(0.75f, 0.75f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg]                = ImVec4(0.75f, 0.75f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Border]                 = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow]           = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]                = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered]         = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive]          = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg]                = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive]          = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg]              = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg]            = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab]          = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered]   = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive]    = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark]              = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive]       = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Button]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive]           = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Header]                 = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]          = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]           = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Separator]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered]       = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive]        = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip]             = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]      = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]       = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_Tab]                    = ImVec4(0.76f, 0.80f, 0.84f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered]             = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive]              = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.73f, 0.88f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused]           = ImVec4(0.92f, 0.92f, 0.94f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive]     = ImVec4(0.74f, 0.82f, 0.91f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines]              = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered]       = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram]          = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered]   = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget]         = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight]           = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight]  = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg]      = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
+    colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg]       = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+
+
+    if (dst != NULL) return;
+
+    // Fonts + Icons
+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+    for (int i = 0; i < io.Fonts->ConfigData.size(); i++) {
+        if (strcmp(io.Fonts->ConfigData[i].Name, "MS Sans Serif")) {
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    ImFont *font = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../MS Sans Serif.ttf", 12.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesDefault());
+    io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("../../MS Sans Serif Bold.ttf", 12.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesDefault());
+
+    // Run-length encoding of some icons
+    // In retrorespect I should have used an icon map like FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS
+    unsigned char minimize[] = {86,6,6,6,0};
+    unsigned char close[] = {14,2,4,2,5,2,2,2,7,4,9,2,9,4,7,2,2,2,5,2,4,2,0};
+    unsigned char *run_length[] = {close, minimize};
+
+    int rect_ids[IM_ARRAYSIZE(run_length)];
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(run_length); i++) {
+        // Starts with unicode multiplication sign and extends
+        rect_ids[i] = io.Fonts->AddCustomRectFontGlyph(font, (ImWchar)(215 + i), 12, 9, 13+1);
+    }
+
+    io.Fonts->Build();
+
+    unsigned char* tex_pixels = NULL;
+    int tex_width, tex_height;
+    io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&tex_pixels, &tex_width, &tex_height);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(run_length); i++) {
+
+        int rect_id = rect_ids[i];
+        if (const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect = io.Fonts->GetCustomRectByIndex(rect_id)) {
+            bool black = false;
+            unsigned char* run = run_length[i];
+            int run_size = 0;
+
+            for (int y = 0; y < rect->Height; y++)
+            {
+                ImU32* p = (ImU32*)tex_pixels + (rect->Y + y) * tex_width + (rect->X);
+                for (int x = rect->Width; x > 0; x--) {
+                    if (black) *p = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255);
+                    p ++;
+                    run_size ++;
+                    if (run_size == *run) {
+                        run_size = 0;
+                        run ++;
+                        black = !black;
+                        if (*run == 0) goto done;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            done:;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+}
+#endif
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImDrawList
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -383,6 +530,7 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
 }
 
 // Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
+// In the majority of cases, you would want to call PushClipRect() and PushTextureID() after this.
 void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
 {
     // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory.
@@ -1217,10 +1365,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa
     }
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
 {
     if (num_segments <= 0)
-        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
 
     _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
 
@@ -1229,11 +1377,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float
     for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
     {
         const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
-        ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius_x, ImSin(a) * radius_y);
-        const float rel_x = (point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot);
-        const float rel_y = (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot);
-        point.x = rel_x + center.x;
-        point.y = rel_y + center.y;
+        ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius.x, ImSin(a) * radius.y);
+        const ImVec2 rel((point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot), (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot));
+        point.x = rel.x + center.x;
+        point.y = rel.y + center.y;
         _Path.push_back(point);
     }
 }
@@ -1558,31 +1705,31 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in
 }
 
 // Ellipse
-void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness)
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     if (num_segments <= 0)
-        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
 
     // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
 }
 
-void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
+void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, const ImVec2& radius, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
 {
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
     if (num_segments <= 0)
-        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
+        num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius.x, radius.y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
 
     // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
     const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
-    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
+    PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
     PathFillConvex(col);
 }
 
@@ -1613,10 +1760,11 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos,
     if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
         return;
 
+    // Accept null ranges
+    if (text_begin == text_end || text_begin[0] == 0)
+        return;
     if (text_end == NULL)
         text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
-    if (text_begin == text_end)
-        return;
 
     // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance
     if (font == NULL)
@@ -1700,6 +1848,316 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi
         PopTextureID();
 }
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] ImTriangulator, ImDrawList concave polygon fill
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Triangulate concave polygons. Based on "Triangulation by Ear Clipping" paper, O(N^2) complexity.
+// Reference: https://www.geometrictools.com/Documentation/TriangulationByEarClipping.pdf
+// Provided as a convenience for user but not used by main library.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// - ImTriangulator [Internal]
+// - AddConcavePolyFilled()
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImTriangulatorNodeType
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear,
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNode
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType  Type;
+    int                     Index;
+    ImVec2                  Pos;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Next;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     Prev;
+
+    void    Unlink()        { Next->Prev = Prev; Prev->Next = Next; }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulatorNodeSpan
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode**    Data = NULL;
+    int                     Size = 0;
+
+    void    push_back(ImTriangulatorNode* node) { Data[Size++] = node; }
+    void    find_erase_unsorted(int idx)        { for (int i = Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Data[i]->Index == idx) { Data[i] = Data[Size - 1]; Size--; return; } }
+};
+
+struct ImTriangulator
+{
+    static int EstimateTriangleCount(int points_count)      { return (points_count < 3) ? 0 : points_count - 2; }
+    static int EstimateScratchBufferSize(int points_count)  { return sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode) * points_count + sizeof(ImTriangulatorNode*) * points_count * 2; }
+
+    void    Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer);
+    void    GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3]);     // Return relative indexes for next triangle
+
+    // Internal functions
+    void    BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count);
+    void    BuildReflexes();
+    void    BuildEars();
+    void    FlipNodeList();
+    bool    IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const;
+    void    ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* node);
+
+    // Internal members
+    int                     _TrianglesLeft = 0;
+    ImTriangulatorNode*     _Nodes = NULL;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Ears;
+    ImTriangulatorNodeSpan  _Reflexes;
+};
+
+// Distribute storage for nodes, ears and reflexes.
+// FIXME-OPT: if everything is convex, we could report it to caller and let it switch to an convex renderer
+// (this would require first building reflexes to bail to convex if empty, without even building nodes)
+void ImTriangulator::Init(const ImVec2* points, int points_count, void* scratch_buffer)
+{
+    IM_ASSERT(scratch_buffer != NULL && points_count >= 3);
+    _TrianglesLeft = EstimateTriangleCount(points_count);
+    _Nodes         = (ImTriangulatorNode*)scratch_buffer;                          // points_count x Node
+    _Ears.Data     = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count);                // points_count x Node*
+    _Reflexes.Data = (ImTriangulatorNode**)(_Nodes + points_count) + points_count; // points_count x Node*
+    BuildNodes(points, points_count);
+    BuildReflexes();
+    BuildEars();
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildNodes(const ImVec2* points, int points_count)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+    {
+        _Nodes[i].Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Nodes[i].Index = i;
+        _Nodes[i].Pos = points[i];
+        _Nodes[i].Next = _Nodes + i + 1;
+        _Nodes[i].Prev = _Nodes + i - 1;
+    }
+    _Nodes[0].Prev = _Nodes + points_count - 1;
+    _Nodes[points_count - 1].Next = _Nodes;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildReflexes()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (ImTriangleIsClockwise(n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::BuildEars()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* n1 = _Nodes;
+    for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, n1 = n1->Next)
+    {
+        if (n1->Type != ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex)
+            continue;
+        if (!IsEar(n1->Prev->Index, n1->Index, n1->Next->Index, n1->Prev->Pos, n1->Pos, n1->Next->Pos))
+            continue;
+        n1->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::GetNextTriangle(unsigned int out_triangle[3])
+{
+    if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+    {
+        FlipNodeList();
+
+        ImTriangulatorNode* node = _Nodes;
+        for (int i = _TrianglesLeft; i >= 0; i--, node = node->Next)
+            node->Type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+        _Reflexes.Size = 0;
+        BuildReflexes();
+        BuildEars();
+
+        // If we still don't have ears, it means geometry is degenerated.
+        if (_Ears.Size == 0)
+        {
+            // Return first triangle available, mimicking the behavior of convex fill.
+            IM_ASSERT(_TrianglesLeft > 0); // Geometry is degenerated
+            _Ears.Data[0] = _Nodes;
+            _Ears.Size    = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ImTriangulatorNode* ear = _Ears.Data[--_Ears.Size];
+    out_triangle[0] = ear->Prev->Index;
+    out_triangle[1] = ear->Index;
+    out_triangle[2] = ear->Next->Index;
+
+    ear->Unlink();
+    if (ear == _Nodes)
+        _Nodes = ear->Next;
+
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Prev);
+    ReclassifyNode(ear->Next);
+    _TrianglesLeft--;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::FlipNodeList()
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode* prev = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* temp = _Nodes;
+    ImTriangulatorNode* current = _Nodes->Next;
+    prev->Next = prev;
+    prev->Prev = prev;
+    while (current != _Nodes)
+    {
+        temp = current->Next;
+
+        current->Next = prev;
+        prev->Prev = current;
+        _Nodes->Next = current;
+        current->Prev = _Nodes;
+
+        prev = current;
+        current = temp;
+    }
+    _Nodes = prev;
+}
+
+// A triangle is an ear is no other vertex is inside it. We can test reflexes vertices only (see reference algorithm)
+bool ImTriangulator::IsEar(int i0, int i1, int i2, const ImVec2& v0, const ImVec2& v1, const ImVec2& v2) const
+{
+    ImTriangulatorNode** p_end = _Reflexes.Data + _Reflexes.Size;
+    for (ImTriangulatorNode** p = _Reflexes.Data; p < p_end; p++)
+    {
+        ImTriangulatorNode* reflex = *p;
+        if (reflex->Index != i0 && reflex->Index != i1 && reflex->Index != i2)
+            if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(v0, v1, v2, reflex->Pos))
+                return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+void ImTriangulator::ReclassifyNode(ImTriangulatorNode* n1)
+{
+    // Classify node
+    ImTriangulatorNodeType type;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n0 = n1->Prev;
+    const ImTriangulatorNode* n2 = n1->Next;
+    if (!ImTriangleIsClockwise(n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex;
+    else if (IsEar(n0->Index, n1->Index, n2->Index, n0->Pos, n1->Pos, n2->Pos))
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear;
+    else
+        type = ImTriangulatorNodeType_Convex;
+
+    // Update lists when a type changes
+    if (type == n1->Type)
+        return;
+    if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    else if (n1->Type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.find_erase_unsorted(n1->Index);
+    if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Reflex)
+        _Reflexes.push_back(n1);
+    else if (type == ImTriangulatorNodeType_Ear)
+        _Ears.push_back(n1);
+    n1->Type = type;
+}
+
+// Use ear-clipping algorithm to triangulate a simple polygon (no self-interaction, no holes).
+// (Reminder: we don't perform any coarse clipping/culling in ImDrawList layer!
+// It is up to caller to ensure not making costly calls that will be outside of visible area.
+// As concave fill is noticeably more expensive than other primitives, be mindful of this...
+// Caller can build AABB of points, and avoid filling if 'draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect.Overlays(points_bb) == false')
+void ImDrawList::AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
+{
+    if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
+        return;
+
+    const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
+    ImTriangulator triangulator;
+    unsigned int triangle[3];
+    if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
+    {
+        // Anti-aliased Fill
+        const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
+        const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3 + points_count * 6;
+        const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+        // Add indexes for fill
+        unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+        unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
+
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[0] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[1] << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (triangle[2] << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+
+        // Compute normals
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
+        ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
+            const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+            float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
+            float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
+            IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
+            temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
+            temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
+        }
+
+        for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+        {
+            // Average normals
+            const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
+            const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
+            float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
+            float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
+            IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
+            dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+            dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+
+            // Add vertices
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;        // Inner
+            _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;  // Outer
+            _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+
+            // Add indexes for fringes
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
+            _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Non Anti-aliased Fill
+        const int idx_count = (points_count - 2) * 3;
+        const int vtx_count = points_count;
+        PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+        for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
+        {
+            _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+            _VtxWritePtr++;
+        }
+        _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard((ImTriangulator::EstimateScratchBufferSize(points_count) + sizeof(ImVec2)) / sizeof(ImVec2));
+        triangulator.Init(points, points_count, _Data->TempBuffer.Data);
+        while (triangulator._TrianglesLeft > 0)
+        {
+            triangulator.GetNextTriangle(triangle);
+            _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[0]); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[1]); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + triangle[2]);
+            _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+        }
+        _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+    }
+}
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
@@ -2672,8 +3130,8 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
         int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
         stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
 
-        const float ascent = ImTrunc(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
-        const float descent = ImTrunc(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
+        const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale);
+        const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale);
         ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
         const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
         const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
@@ -3768,6 +4226,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im
             {
                 x = start_x;
                 y += line_height;
+                if (y > clip_rect.w)
+                    break; // break out of main loop
                 word_wrap_eol = NULL;
                 s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
                 continue;
@@ -3997,8 +4457,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
     }
     else
     {
-        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b, 3); // BL
-        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e, 3); // TR
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL
+        draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR
     }
     if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding)
     {
@@ -4017,8 +4477,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im
         }
         else
         {
-            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b, 3); // TR
-            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e, 3); // BR
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR
+            draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR
         }
     }
     draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);

imgui_internal.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (internal structures/api)
 
 // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ Index of this file:
 // [SECTION] Macros
 // [SECTION] Generic helpers
 // [SECTION] ImDrawList support
-// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
 // [SECTION] Data types support
+// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
 // [SECTION] Popup support
 // [SECTION] Inputs support
 // [SECTION] Clipper support
@@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn"               // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic push
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"              // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
@@ -124,7 +126,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared between all ImDrawList instan
 struct ImGuiColorMod;               // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
 struct ImGuiContext;                // Main Dear ImGui context
 struct ImGuiContextHook;            // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
-struct ImGuiDataVarInfo;            // Variable information (e.g. to avoid style variables from an enum)
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo;            // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum)
 struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo;           // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
 struct ImGuiGroupData;              // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
 struct ImGuiInputTextState;         // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
@@ -146,6 +148,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod;               // Stacked style modifier, backup of modifie
 struct ImGuiTabBar;                 // Storage for a tab bar
 struct ImGuiTabItem;                // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
 struct ImGuiTable;                  // Storage for a table
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData;        // Storage for TableAngledHeadersRow()
 struct ImGuiTableColumn;            // Storage for one column of a table
 struct ImGuiTableInstanceData;      // Storage for one instance of a same table
 struct ImGuiTableTempData;          // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
@@ -166,7 +169,6 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType;            // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_         // E
 typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_      // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
 typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags;         // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_      // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
 typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_  // Flags: for FocusWindow();
-typedef int ImGuiInputFlags;            // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_         // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc.
 typedef int ImGuiItemFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_          // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags
 typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_    // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
 typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_     // Flags: for BeginColumns()
@@ -179,6 +181,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_     // F
 typedef int ImGuiTextFlags;             // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_          // Flags: for TextEx()
 typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_       // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
 typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_  // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest()
+typedef int ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy()
 
 typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
 
@@ -404,6 +407,7 @@ IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char
 IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                             // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
 IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end);                        // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
 IMGUI_API const char*   ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr);                   // return previous UTF-8 code-point.
+IMGUI_API int           ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end);                                         // return number of lines taken by text. trailing carriage return doesn't count as an extra line.
 
 // Helpers: File System
 #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
@@ -468,7 +472,7 @@ template<typename T> static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx)
 // - Misc maths helpers
 static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs)                { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx)      { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2&mn, const ImVec2&mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t)          { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
 static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t)  { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
 static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t)          { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
@@ -498,7 +502,8 @@ IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const
 IMGUI_API bool       ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
 IMGUI_API ImVec2     ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
 IMGUI_API void       ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
-inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
+inline float         ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)          { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
+inline bool          ImTriangleIsClockwise(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)   { return ((b.x - a.x) * (c.y - b.y)) - ((c.x - b.x) * (b.y - a.y)) > 0.0f; }
 
 // Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
 // (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
@@ -793,6 +798,40 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder
     ImDrawDataBuilder()                     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
 
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// [SECTION] Data types support
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
+{
+    ImGuiDataType   Type;
+    ImU32           Count;      // 1+
+    ImU32           Offset;     // Offset in parent structure
+    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
+};
+
+struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage
+{
+    ImU8        Data[8];        // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
+};
+
+// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
+struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
+{
+    size_t      Size;           // Size in bytes
+    const char* Name;           // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
+    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
+    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
+};
+
+// Extend ImGuiDataType_
+enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
+{
+    ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
+    ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
+    ImGuiDataType_ID,
+};
+
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -836,7 +875,8 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated        = 1 << 6,   // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow      = 1 << 7,   // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible            = 1 << 8,   // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
-    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect        = 1 << 9,   // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid.
+    ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut        = 1 << 10,  // g.LastItemData.Shortcut valid. Set by SetNextItemShortcut() -> ItemAdd().
 
     // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
@@ -863,6 +903,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline           = 1 << 26,  // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited        = 1 << 27,  // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
     ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem          = 1 << 28,  // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint= 1 << 29,  // For internal use by InputScalar() and TempInputScalar()
 };
 
 // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
@@ -882,7 +923,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
     ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine      = 1 << 15,  // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers         = 1 << 16,  // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId      = 1 << 17,  // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
-    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 18,  // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
+    ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 18,  // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used every time an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus       = 1 << 19,  // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner          = 1 << 20,  // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
     ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner         = 1 << 21,  // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
@@ -1111,6 +1152,15 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
 
 };
 
+enum ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_
+{
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_None                = 0,
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh   = 1 << 0,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Try to keep existing contents, USER MUST NOT HONOR BEGIN() RETURNING FALSE AND NOT APPEND.
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnHover      = 1 << 1,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on hover
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_RefreshOnFocus      = 1 << 2,   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Always refresh on focus
+    // Refresh policy/frequency, Load Balancing etc.
+};
+
 enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
 {
     ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None               = 0,
@@ -1123,6 +1173,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
     ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha         = 1 << 6,
     ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll          = 1 << 7,
     ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags      = 1 << 8,
+    ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy   = 1 << 9,
 };
 
 // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
@@ -1144,6 +1195,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData
     void*                       SizeCallbackUserData;
     float                       BgAlphaVal;             // Override background alpha
     ImVec2                      MenuBarOffsetMinVal;    // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
+    ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags     RefreshFlagsVal;
 
     ImGuiNextWindowData()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
     inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
@@ -1159,6 +1211,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
     ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth     = 1 << 0,
     ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen      = 1 << 1,
     ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut  = 1 << 2,
+    ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal    = 1 << 3,
 };
 
 struct ImGuiNextItemData
@@ -1169,8 +1222,10 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData
     ImGuiSelectionUserData      SelectionUserData;  // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
     float                       Width;              // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
     ImGuiKeyChord               Shortcut;           // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
+    ImGuiInputFlags             ShortcutFlags;      // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
     bool                        OpenVal;            // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
-    ImGuiCond                   OpenCond : 8;
+    ImU8                        OpenCond;           // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage        RefVal;             // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal
 
     ImGuiNextItemData()         { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
     inline void ClearFlags()    { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
@@ -1184,9 +1239,10 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData
     ImGuiItemStatusFlags    StatusFlags;        // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
     ImRect                  Rect;               // Full rectangle
     ImRect                  NavRect;            // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
-    // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags is set.
-    ImRect                  DisplayRect;        // Display rectangle (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
-    ImRect                  ClipRect;           // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect is set)
+    // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags ar set.
+    ImRect                  DisplayRect;        // Display rectangle. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) is set.
+    ImRect                  ClipRect;           // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) is set..
+    ImGuiKeyChord           Shortcut;           // Shortcut at the time of submitting item. ONLY VALID IF (StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasShortcut) is set..
 
     ImGuiLastItemData()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
 };
@@ -1223,7 +1279,8 @@ struct ImGuiWindowStackData
 {
     ImGuiWindow*        Window;
     ImGuiLastItemData   ParentLastItemDataBackup;
-    ImGuiStackSizes     StackSizesOnBegin;      // Store size of various stacks for asserting
+    ImGuiStackSizes     StackSizesOnBegin;          // Store size of various stacks for asserting
+    bool                DisabledOverrideReenable;   // Non-child window override disabled flag
 };
 
 struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
@@ -1242,40 +1299,6 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
     ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index)  { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
 };
 
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Data types support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
-{
-    ImGuiDataType   Type;
-    ImU32           Count;      // 1+
-    ImU32           Offset;     // Offset in parent structure
-    void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage
-{
-    ImU8        Data[8];        // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
-};
-
-// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
-struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
-{
-    size_t      Size;           // Size in bytes
-    const char* Name;           // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
-    const char* PrintFmt;       // Default printf format for the type
-    const char* ScanFmt;        // Default scanf format for the type
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiDataType_
-enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
-{
-    ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
-    ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
-    ImGuiDataType_ID,
-};
-
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Popup support
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1292,7 +1315,7 @@ struct ImGuiPopupData
 {
     ImGuiID             PopupId;        // Set on OpenPopup()
     ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
-    ImGuiWindow*        BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
+    ImGuiWindow*        RestoreNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
     int                 ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value
     int                 OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
     ImGuiID             OpenParentId;   // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
@@ -1349,7 +1372,6 @@ enum ImGuiInputSource
     ImGuiInputSource_Mouse,         // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them.
     ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
     ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
-    ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard,     // Currently only used by InputText()
     ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
 };
 
@@ -1383,7 +1405,8 @@ struct ImGuiInputEvent
 
 // Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
 #define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any           ((ImGuiID)0)    // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
-#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None          ((ImGuiID)-1)   // Require key to have no owner.
+#define ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner       ((ImGuiID)-1)   // Require key to have no owner.
+//#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner  // We previously called this 'ImGuiKeyOwner_None' but it was inconsistent with our pattern that _None values == 0 and quite dangerous. Also using _NoOwner makes the IsKeyPressed() calls more explicit.
 
 typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
 
@@ -1391,13 +1414,13 @@ typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
 struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
 {
     ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex            NextEntryIndex;
-    ImU16                           Mods;               // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super.
+    ImU16                           Mods;               // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits.
     ImU8                            RoutingCurrScore;   // [DEBUG] For debug display
     ImU8                            RoutingNextScore;   // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
     ImGuiID                         RoutingCurr;
     ImGuiID                         RoutingNext;
 
-    ImGuiKeyRoutingData()           { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; }
+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData()           { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; }
 };
 
 // Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
@@ -1421,73 +1444,47 @@ struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
     bool        LockThisFrame;      // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
     bool        LockUntilRelease;   // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.
 
-    ImGuiKeyOwnerData()             { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData()             { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
 };
 
+// Extend ImGuiInputFlags_
 // Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
 // Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
-enum ImGuiInputFlags_
+enum ImGuiInputFlagsPrivate_
 {
     // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
-    ImGuiInputFlags_None                = 0,
-
-    // Repeat mode
-    ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat              = 1 << 0,   // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault   = 1 << 1,   // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove   = 1 << 2,   // Repeat rate: Fast
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak  = 1 << 3,   // Repeat rate: Faster
-
-    // Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
-    // In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease               = 1 << 4,  // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange         = 1 << 5,  // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
+    // - Repeat mode: Repeat rate selection
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault           = 1 << 1,   // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove           = 1 << 2,   // Repeat rate: Fast
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak          = 1 << 3,   // Repeat rate: Faster
+    // - Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
+    // - In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease          = 1 << 4,   // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange    = 1 << 5,   // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
     ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6,  // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress         = 1 << 7,  // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
-
-    // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner()
-    ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered         = 1 << 8,   // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
-    ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive          = 1 << 9,   // Only set if item is active (default to both)
-    ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_        = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress    = 1 << 7,   // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
 
     // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
-    // Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame       = 1 << 10,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease    = 1 << 11,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
+    // - Locking key away from non-input aware code. Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame               = 1 << 20,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
+    ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease            = 1 << 21,  // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
 
-    // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting()
-    // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
-    //      Parent   -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
-    //        Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S)    // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
-    //        Child2 -> no call                  // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
-    //   The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 does it calls before Parent results will be identical.
-    //   This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
-    // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics->Inputs' and submitted routes in 'Debug Log->InputRouting'.
-    // - When a policy (except for _RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
-    //   allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
-    //   (* Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key)).
-    // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default. Meaning that a Shortcut() call will register
-    //   a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus-stack and if no-one with a higher priority
-    //   is claiming the same shortcut.
-    // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute().
-    // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow.
-    // - Can select only 1 policy among all available.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused        = 1 << 12,  // (Default) Honor focus route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow      = 1 << 13,  // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority IF you need a Global priority.
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal         = 1 << 14,  // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will take priority over this).
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh     = 1 << 15,  // Register route globally (higher priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overriden by this)
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways         = 1 << 16,  // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
-    // Routing polices: extra options
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 17,  // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
+    // - Condition for SetItemKeyOwner()
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered                 = 1 << 22,  // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive                  = 1 << 23,  // Only set if item is active (default to both)
+    ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_                = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
 
     // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
     ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_             = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
     ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_            = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
     ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_                 = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
     ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_                   = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
-    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_                  = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this!
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_              = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_           = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverActive | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFromRootWindow,
     ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed     = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
     ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked   = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
-    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut         = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut         = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_,
+    ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetNextItemShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteTypeMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOptionsMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip,
     ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner      = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
     ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner  = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
 };
@@ -1578,6 +1575,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate              = 1 << 12,  // Activate/select target item.
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect              = 1 << 13,  // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo
     ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight     = 1 << 14,  // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight
+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId       = 1 << 15,  // (Experimental) Do not clear active id when applying move result
 };
 
 enum ImGuiNavLayer
@@ -1587,6 +1585,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavLayer
     ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
 };
 
+// Storage for navigation query/results
 struct ImGuiNavItemData
 {
     ImGuiWindow*        Window;         // Init,Move    // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
@@ -1594,15 +1593,16 @@ struct ImGuiNavItemData
     ImGuiID             FocusScopeId;   // Init,Move    // Best candidate focus scope ID
     ImRect              RectRel;        // Init,Move    // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
     ImGuiItemFlags      InFlags;        // ????,Move    // Best candidate item flags
-    ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov    // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionData() value.
     float               DistBox;        //      Move    // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
     float               DistCenter;     //      Move    // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
     float               DistAxial;      //      Move    // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
+    ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov    // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionData() value.
 
     ImGuiNavItemData()  { Clear(); }
     void Clear()        { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
 };
 
+// Storage for PushFocusScope()
 struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
 {
     ImGuiID             ID;
@@ -1924,6 +1924,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImFont*                 Font;                               // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
     float                   FontSize;                           // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
     float                   FontBaseSize;                       // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
+    float                   CurrentDpiScale;                    // Current window/viewport DpiScale
     ImDrawListSharedData    DrawListSharedData;
     double                  Time;
     int                     FrameCount;
@@ -1949,7 +1950,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImVector<ImGuiWindowStackData> CurrentWindowStack;
     ImGuiStorage            WindowsById;                        // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
     int                     WindowsActiveCount;                 // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
-    ImVec2                  WindowsHoverPadding;                // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
+    ImVec2                  WindowsHoverPadding;                // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING).
     ImGuiID                 DebugBreakInWindow;                 // Set to break in Begin() call.
     ImGuiWindow*            CurrentWindow;                      // Window being drawn into
     ImGuiWindow*            HoveredWindow;                      // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
@@ -1967,10 +1968,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiID                 DebugHookIdInfo;                    // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
     ImGuiID                 HoveredId;                          // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
     ImGuiID                 HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
-    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
-    bool                    HoveredIdDisabled;                  // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
     float                   HoveredIdTimer;                     // Measure contiguous hovering time
     float                   HoveredIdNotActiveTimer;            // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
+    bool                    HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+    bool                    HoveredIdDisabled;                  // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
+    bool                    ItemUnclipByLog;                    // Disable ItemAdd() clipping, essentially a memory-locality friendly copy of LogEnabled
     ImGuiID                 ActiveId;                           // Active widget
     ImGuiID                 ActiveIdIsAlive;                    // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
     float                   ActiveIdTimer;
@@ -1992,9 +1994,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiID                 LastActiveId;                       // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
     float                   LastActiveIdTimer;                  // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
 
-    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
+    // Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
     // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
-    // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
     // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
     double                  LastKeyModsChangeTime;              // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
     double                  LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime;      // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
@@ -2037,11 +2039,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindow;                          // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow'
     ImGuiID                 NavId;                              // Focused item for navigation
     ImGuiID                 NavFocusScopeId;                    // Focused focus scope (e.g. selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the same scope)
-    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute;                // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
     ImGuiID                 NavActivateId;                      // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem()
     ImGuiID                 NavActivateDownId;                  // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0
     ImGuiID                 NavActivatePressedId;               // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat)
     ImGuiActivateFlags      NavActivateFlags;
+    ImVector<ImGuiFocusScopeData> NavFocusRoute;                // Reversed copy focus scope stack for NavId (should contains NavFocusScopeId). This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
     ImGuiID                 NavHighlightActivatedId;
     float                   NavHighlightActivatedTimer;
     ImGuiID                 NavJustMovedToId;                   // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest).
@@ -2082,8 +2084,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiNavItemData        NavTabbingResultFirst;              // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy
 
     // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize)
-    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828)
-    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X). For reconfiguration (see #4828)
+    ImGuiKeyChord           ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev;          // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab (or ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab on OS X)
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTarget;                 // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most!
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingTargetAnim;             // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it.
     ImGuiWindow*            NavWindowingListWindow;             // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents
@@ -2154,6 +2156,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState;
     ImFont                  InputTextPasswordFont;
     ImGuiID                 TempInputId;                        // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage    DataTypeZeroValue;                  // 0 for all data types
     int                     BeginMenuDepth;
     int                     BeginComboDepth;
     ImGuiColorEditFlags     ColorEditOptions;                   // Store user options for color edit widgets
@@ -2166,13 +2169,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext
     ImGuiComboPreviewData   ComboPreviewData;
     ImRect                  WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect;     // Expected border rect, switch to relative edit if moving
     bool                    WindowResizeRelativeMode;
+    short                   ScrollbarSeekMode;                  // 0: relative, -1/+1: prev/next page.
+    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
     float                   SliderGrabClickOffset;
     float                   SliderCurrentAccum;                 // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls.
     bool                    SliderCurrentAccumDirty;            // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it?
     bool                    DragCurrentAccumDirty;
     float                   DragCurrentAccum;                   // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings
     float                   DragSpeedDefaultRatio;              // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
-    float                   ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter;    // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
     float                   DisabledAlphaBackup;                // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled()
     short                   DisabledStackSize;
     short                   LockMarkEdited;
@@ -2250,7 +2254,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         Initialized = false;
         FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true;
         Font = NULL;
-        FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
+        FontSize = FontBaseSize = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f;
         IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)();
         Time = 0.0f;
         FrameCount = 0;
@@ -2277,6 +2281,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
         HoveredIdDisabled = false;
         HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
+        ItemUnclipByLog = false;
         ActiveId = 0;
         ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
         ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
@@ -2338,8 +2343,10 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         NavTabbingDir = 0;
         NavTabbingCounter = 0;
 
-        ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab;
-        ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab;
+        // All platforms use Ctrl+Tab but Ctrl<>Super are swapped on Mac...
+        // FIXME: Because this value is stored, it annoyingly interfere with toggling io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors updating this..
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab);
+        ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (ImGuiMod_Super | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab) : (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab);
         NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL;
         NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
         NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
@@ -2372,19 +2379,21 @@ struct ImGuiContext
         MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f;
 
         TempInputId = 0;
+        memset(&DataTypeZeroValue, 0, sizeof(DataTypeZeroValue));
         BeginMenuDepth = BeginComboDepth = 0;
         ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_;
         ColorEditCurrentID = ColorEditSavedID = 0;
         ColorEditSavedHue = ColorEditSavedSat = 0.0f;
         ColorEditSavedColor = 0;
         WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
+        ScrollbarSeekMode = 0;
+        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
         SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f;
         SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false;
         DragCurrentAccumDirty = false;
         DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f;
         DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f;
-        ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
         DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f;
         DisabledStackSize = 0;
         LockMarkEdited = 0;
@@ -2481,6 +2490,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData
     int                     CurrentTableIdx;        // Current table index (into g.Tables)
     ImGuiLayoutType         LayoutType;
     ImGuiLayoutType         ParentLayoutType;       // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin()
+    ImU32                   ModalDimBgColor;
 
     // Local parameters stacks
     // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
@@ -2508,12 +2518,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     ImVec2                  WindowPadding;                      // Window padding at the time of Begin().
     float                   WindowRounding;                     // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc.
     float                   WindowBorderSize;                   // Window border size at the time of Begin().
+    float                   TitleBarHeight, MenuBarHeight;
     float                   DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1;   // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin().
     float                   DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2;   // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y).
     float                   DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1;   // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes).
     int                     NameBufLen;                         // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)!
     ImGuiID                 MoveId;                             // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
     ImGuiID                 ChildId;                            // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window)
+    ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
     ImVec2                  Scroll;
     ImVec2                  ScrollMax;
     ImVec2                  ScrollTarget;                       // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
@@ -2527,6 +2539,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     bool                    Collapsed;                          // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
     bool                    WantCollapseToggle;
     bool                    SkipItems;                          // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed)
+    bool                    SkipRefresh;                        // [EXPERIMENTAL] Reuse previous frame drawn contents, Begin() returns false.
     bool                    Appearing;                          // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing)
     bool                    Hidden;                             // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0)
     bool                    IsFallbackWindow;                   // Set on the "Debug##Default" window.
@@ -2539,7 +2552,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
     short                   BeginOrderWithinParent;             // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0.
     short                   BeginOrderWithinContext;            // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues.
     short                   FocusOrder;                         // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused.
-    ImGuiID                 PopupId;                            // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
     ImS8                    AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
     bool                    AutoFitOnlyGrows;
     ImGuiDir                AutoPosLastDirection;
@@ -2608,10 +2620,8 @@ public:
     // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow.
     ImRect      Rect() const            { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
     float       CalcFontSize() const    { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; }
-    float       TitleBarHeight() const  { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
-    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
-    float       MenuBarHeight() const   { ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
-    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
+    ImRect      TitleBarRect() const    { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight)); }
+    ImRect      MenuBarRect() const     { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight; return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight); }
 };
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2766,13 +2776,24 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn
 };
 
 // Transient cell data stored per row.
-// sizeof() ~ 6
+// sizeof() ~ 6 bytes
 struct ImGuiTableCellData
 {
     ImU32                       BgColor;    // Actual color
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Column;     // Column number
 };
 
+// Parameters for TableAngledHeadersRowEx()
+// This may end up being refactored for more general purpose.
+// sizeof() ~ 12 bytes
+struct ImGuiTableHeaderData
+{
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         Index;      // Column index
+    ImU32                       TextColor;
+    ImU32                       BgColor0;
+    ImU32                       BgColor1;
+};
+
 // Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs. Does that means they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData?)
 // sizeof() ~ 24 bytes
 struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
@@ -2787,8 +2808,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableInstanceData
     ImGuiTableInstanceData()    { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastTopHeadersRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; }
 };
 
-// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData
-// sizeof() ~ 580 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
+// sizeof() ~ 592 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory()
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
 {
     ImGuiID                     ID;
@@ -2858,7 +2878,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
     ImGuiTableSortSpecs         SortSpecs;                  // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs()
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         SortSpecsCount;
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledCount;        // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
-    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount)
+    ImGuiTableColumnIdx         ColumnsEnabledFixedCount;   // Number of enabled columns using fixed width (<= ColumnsCount)
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         DeclColumnsCount;           // Count calls to TableSetupColumn()
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         AngledHeadersCount;         // Count columns with angled headers
     ImGuiTableColumnIdx         HoveredColumnBody;          // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column!
@@ -2911,12 +2931,14 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable
 // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table).
 // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure.
 // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics.
-// sizeof() ~ 120 bytes.
+// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs.
+// sizeof() ~ 136 bytes.
 struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData
 {
     int                         TableIndex;                 // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool
     float                       LastTimeActive;             // Last timestamp this structure was used
-    float                       AngledheadersExtraWidth;    // Used in EndTable()
+    float                       AngledHeadersExtraWidth;    // Used in EndTable()
+    ImVector<ImGuiTableHeaderData> AngledHeadersRequests;   // Used in TableAngledHeadersRow()
 
     ImVec2                      UserOuterSize;              // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable()
     ImDrawListSplitter          DrawSplitter;
@@ -2980,7 +3002,7 @@ namespace ImGui
 {
     // Windows
     // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
-    // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
+    // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either:
     // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
     // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
     inline    ImGuiWindow*  GetCurrentWindowRead()      { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
@@ -2988,6 +3010,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindWindowByName(const char* name);
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window);
+    IMGUI_API void          UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy);
     IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent);
@@ -3013,6 +3036,9 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API int           FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow*  FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window);
 
+    // Windows: Idle, Refresh Policies [EXPERIMENTAL]
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags);
+
     // Fonts, drawing
     IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
     inline ImFont*          GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; }
@@ -3028,6 +3054,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // NewFrame
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs);
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
+    IMGUI_API void          FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_viewport, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window, ImGuiWindow** out_hovered_window_under_moving_window);
     IMGUI_API void          StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
     IMGUI_API void          UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
@@ -3107,6 +3134,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled);
     IMGUI_API void          PopItemFlag();
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx);
+    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabledOverrideReenable();
+    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabledOverrideReenable();
 
     // Logging/Capture
     IMGUI_API void          LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth);           // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name.
@@ -3168,23 +3197,21 @@ namespace ImGui
 
     // Inputs
     // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions.
-    inline bool             IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key)                                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
-    inline bool             IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key)                            { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; }
-    inline bool             IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key)                                   { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
-    inline bool             IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key)                                 { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
-    inline bool             IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key)                                  { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
-    inline bool             IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key)                                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
-    inline bool             IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key)                                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
-    inline bool             IsModKey(ImGuiKey key)                                      { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
-    ImGuiKeyChord           FixupKeyChord(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
-    inline ImGuiKey         ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
+    inline bool             IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsNamedKeyOrMod(ImGuiKey key)               { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; }
+    inline bool             IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key)                   { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; }
+    inline bool             IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key)                 { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; }
+    inline bool             IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key)                  { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; }
+    inline bool             IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; }
+    inline bool             IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key)                    { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; }
+    inline bool             IsModKey(ImGuiKey key)                      { return key >= ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl && key <= ImGuiKey_RightSuper; }
+    ImGuiKeyChord           FixupKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
+    inline ImGuiKey         ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key)
     {
-        ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
         if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl;
         if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift;
         if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt;
         if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper;
-        if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl);
         return key;
     }
 
@@ -3204,7 +3231,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership
     // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id.
     // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead).
-    // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID.
+    // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_NoOwner (== -1) or a custom ID.
     // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0).
     // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore:
     //   - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case).
@@ -3212,12 +3239,12 @@ namespace ImGui
     // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state.
     // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step.
     //   Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved.
-    IMGUI_API ImGuiID           GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
-    IMGUI_API void              SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void              SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void              SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);           // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
-    IMGUI_API bool              TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);                       // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
-    inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData*   GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)                    { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
+    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
+    IMGUI_API void          SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);   // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'.
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);               // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id'
+    inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)          { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; }
 
     // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership
     // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag.
@@ -3225,32 +3252,32 @@ namespace ImGui
     // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'.
     //   Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
     // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API.
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);    // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);    // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat.
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id = 0);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id);
 
-    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing
-    // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super.
-    //     ImGuiKey_C                 (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord)
-    //     ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord)
-    //   ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values.
-    // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
-    // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
-    // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route.
-    // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route.
-    // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location.
-    // - TL;DR;
-    //   - IsKeyChordPressed() compares mods + call IsKeyPressed() -> function has no side-effect.
-    //   - Shortcut() submits a route then if currently can be routed calls IsKeyChordPressed() -> function has (desirable) side-effects.
-    IMGUI_API bool              IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API void              SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
-    IMGUI_API bool              Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0);
-    IMGUI_API bool              SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
-    IMGUI_API bool              TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    // Shortcut Testing & Routing
+    // - Set Shortcut() and SetNextItemShortcut() in imgui.h
+    // - When a policy (except for ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
+    //   allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
+    //   (* using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key) and bypassing route registration and check)
+    // - When using one of the routing option:
+    //   - The default route is ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.)
+    //   - Routes are requested given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy.
+    //   - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame.
+    //   - Each route may be granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route (e.g. deep most window).
+    //   - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id can all access the granted route.
+    //   - When owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a owner ID in order to identify our location.
+    // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute()
+    //   e.g. if you have a tool window associated to a document, and you want document shortcuts to run when the tool is focused.
+    IMGUI_API bool          Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id);
+    IMGUI_API bool          SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags, ImGuiID owner_id); // owner_id needs to be explicit and cannot be 0
+    IMGUI_API bool          TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id);
     IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord);
 
     // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope
@@ -3300,7 +3327,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API float         TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth();
     IMGUI_API void          TablePushBackgroundChannel();
     IMGUI_API void          TablePopBackgroundChannel();
-    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float label_width = 0.0f);
+    IMGUI_API void          TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count);
 
     // Tables: Internals
     inline    ImGuiTable*   GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; }
@@ -3435,7 +3462,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo*  DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type);
     IMGUI_API int           DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format);
     IMGUI_API void          DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
-    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format);
+    IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty = NULL);
     IMGUI_API int           DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2);
     IMGUI_API bool          DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max);
 
@@ -3446,6 +3473,7 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API bool          TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL);
     inline bool             TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id)       { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); }
     inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id)   { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active
+    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data);
 
     // Color
     IMGUI_API void          ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);
@@ -3477,13 +3505,13 @@ namespace ImGui
     IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
     IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
     IMGUI_API void          DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
+    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const char* line_end);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id);                     // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time!
     IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id);              // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time!
     IMGUI_API void          DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
     IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakClearData();
     IMGUI_API bool          DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location);
-    inline void             DebugStartItemPicker()                                  { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; }
     IMGUI_API void          ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end);
     IMGUI_API void          DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns);
@@ -3510,6 +3538,8 @@ namespace ImGui
     inline void     SetItemUsingMouseWheel()                                            { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); }      // Changed in 1.89
     inline bool     TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0)    { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); }   // Renamed in 1.89
 
+    //inline bool   IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)                   { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
+
     // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets which used FocusableItemRegister():
     //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM  < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)'                              and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)'
     //  (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)'  and 'bool tab_focused = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0'
@@ -3517,9 +3547,6 @@ namespace ImGui
     //inline bool   FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id)              // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd()
     //inline void   FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)                        // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem
 #endif
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-    inline bool     IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true)                   { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity!
-#endif
 
 } // namespace ImGui
 

imgui_tables.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (tables and columns code)
 
 /*
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ Index of this file:
 */
 
 // Navigating this file:
-// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
+// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
+// - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments.
+// - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments.
 
 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Commentary
@@ -227,6 +228,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
@@ -318,6 +320,12 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
         IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f);
 
     // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve.
+    // FIXME: coarse clipping because access to table data causes two issues:
+    // - instance numbers varying/unstable. may not be a direct problem for users, but could make outside access broken or confusing, e.g. TestEngine.
+    // - can't implement support for ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY as we need to somehow pull the height data from somewhere. this also needs stable instance numbers.
+    // The side-effects of accessing table data on coarse clip would be:
+    // - always reserving the pooled ImGuiTable data ahead for a fully clipped table (minor IMHO). Also the 'outer_window_is_measuring_size' criteria may already be defeating this in some situations.
+    // - always performing the GetOrAddByKey() O(log N) query in g.Tables.Map[].
     const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0;
     const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail();
     const ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f);
@@ -326,6 +334,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0) && !outer_window_is_measuring_size)
     {
         ItemSize(outer_rect);
+        ItemAdd(outer_rect, id);
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -335,7 +344,6 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
 
     // Acquire storage for the table
     ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id);
-    const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags;
 
     // Acquire temporary buffers
     const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table);
@@ -353,6 +361,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     // Initialize
     const int previous_frame_active = table->LastFrameActive;
     const int instance_no = (previous_frame_active != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1;
+    const ImGuiTableFlags previous_flags = table->Flags;
     table->ID = id;
     table->Flags = flags;
     table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount;
@@ -399,7 +408,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
             SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f));
 
         // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it
-        if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
+        if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0)
             SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
 
         // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding)
@@ -428,6 +437,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
         // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect.
         // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable().
         table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect;
+        table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false;
     }
 
     // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables
@@ -498,7 +508,8 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     table->DeclColumnsCount = table->AngledHeadersCount = 0;
     if (previous_frame_active + 1 < g.FrameCount)
         table->IsActiveIdInTable = false;
-    temp_data->AngledheadersExtraWidth = 0.0f;
+    table->AngledHeadersHeight = 0.0f;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = 0.0f;
 
     // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders()
     table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong);
@@ -511,7 +522,7 @@ bool    ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG
     if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly.
         inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx;
 
-    if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
+    if ((previous_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0)
         table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true;
 
     // Mark as used to avoid GC
@@ -1066,6 +1077,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column.
         // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow.
         // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter.
+        const float previous_instance_work_min_x = column->WorkMinX;
         column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1;
         column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max
         column->ItemWidth = ImTrunc(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f);
@@ -1118,8 +1130,22 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table)
         //    column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f);
 
         // Reset content width variables
-        column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX;
-        column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX;
+        if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0)
+        {
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->WorkMinX;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // As we store an absolute value to make per-cell updates faster, we need to offset values used for width computation.
+            const float offset_from_previous_instance = column->WorkMinX - previous_instance_work_min_x;
+            column->ContentMaxXFrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed += offset_from_previous_instance;
+            column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal += offset_from_previous_instance;
+        }
 
         // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items
         if (table->HostSkipItems == false)
@@ -1238,9 +1264,9 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table)
     // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height).
     // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected.
     ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
-    const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS;
+    const float hit_half_width = ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
     const float hit_y1 = (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->OuterRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->AngledHeadersHeight;
-    const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight);
+    const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight - table->AngledHeadersHeight);
     const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight;
 
     for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
@@ -1344,7 +1370,7 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
             max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border);
         if (table->ResizedColumn != -1)
             max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2);
-        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth;
+        table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x + table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth;
     }
 
     // Pop clipping rect
@@ -1415,7 +1441,7 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted)
     {
         ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn];
-        const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS);
+        const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale));
         const float new_width = ImTrunc(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f);
         table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width;
     }
@@ -1444,7 +1470,10 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414)
     if (inner_window != outer_window)
     {
+        short backup_nav_layers_active_mask = inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask;
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // So empty table don't appear to navigate differently.
         EndChild();
+        inner_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = backup_nav_layers_active_mask;
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1462,9 +1491,13 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
     else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f)
     {
-        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
-        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
-        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth));
+        // Some references for this: #7651 + tests "table_reported_size", "table_reported_size_outer" equivalent Y block
+        // - Checking for ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX/ScrollY flag makes us a frame ahead when disabling those flags.
+        // - FIXME-TABLE: Would make sense to pre-compute expected scrollbar visibility/sizes to generally save a frame of feedback.
+        const float inner_content_max_x = table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Slightly misleading name but used for code symmetry with inner_content_max_y
+        const float decoration_size = table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth + ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f);
+        outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x);
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, inner_content_max_x + decoration_size));
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1472,9 +1505,9 @@ void    ImGui::EndTable()
     }
     if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f)
     {
-        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
+        const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f;
         outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y);
-        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y));
+        outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size));
     }
     else
     {
@@ -1567,6 +1600,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo
     }
 
     // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer)
+    // FIXME: If we recorded the number of \n in names we could compute header row height
     column->NameOffset = -1;
     if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0)
     {
@@ -1889,7 +1923,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
     if (is_visible)
     {
         // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow()
-        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2)
+        if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2 && table_instance->HoveredRowNext < 0)
             table_instance->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow;
 
         // Decide of background color for the row
@@ -1944,7 +1978,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table)
                 cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect);
                 cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x);     // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling
                 cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX);
-                window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
+                if (cell_bg_rect.Min.y < cell_bg_rect.Max.y)
+                    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor);
             }
         }
 
@@ -2154,6 +2189,8 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table)
 // - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal]
 // - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal]
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note that actual columns widths are computed in TableUpdateLayout().
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis.
 float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n)
@@ -2763,7 +2800,7 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()
 static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n)
 {
     IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount);
-    return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03;
+    return (ImGuiSortDirection)((column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03);
 }
 
 // Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending)
@@ -2904,6 +2941,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
     }
 
     // Write output
+    // May be able to move all SortSpecs data from table (48 bytes) to ImGuiTableTempData if we decide to write it back on every BeginTable()
     ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data;
     if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL)
         for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
@@ -2916,7 +2954,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
             sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID;
             sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n;
             sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder;
-            sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection;
+            sort_spec->SortDirection = (ImGuiSortDirection)column->SortDirection;
         }
 
     table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs;
@@ -2927,6 +2965,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table)
 // [SECTION] Tables: Headers
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal]
+// - TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth() [Internal]
 // - TableHeadersRow()
 // - TableHeader()
 // - TableAngledHeadersRow()
@@ -2958,12 +2997,12 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderAngledMaxLabelWidth()
         if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByIndex, column_n))
             if (table->Columns[column_n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader)
                 width = ImMax(width, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(table, column_n), NULL, true).x);
-    return width + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f;
+    return width + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f; // Swap padding
 }
 
 // [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn().
 // The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper
-// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
+// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets.
 // See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this.
 // This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy.
 // FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public.
@@ -3149,15 +3188,43 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label)
 }
 
 // Unlike TableHeadersRow() it is not expected that you can reimplement or customize this with custom widgets.
-// FIXME: highlight without ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn
 // FIXME: No hit-testing/button on the angled header.
 void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow()
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-    TableAngledHeadersRowEx(g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f);
+    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
+    ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData;
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.resize(0);
+    temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.reserve(table->ColumnsEnabledCount);
+
+    // Which column needs highlight?
+    const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders");
+    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
+    int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader;
+    if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
+        if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)))
+            highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+
+    // Build up request
+    ImU32 col_header_bg = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg);
+    ImU32 col_text = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+    for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        if (IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
+        {
+            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
+            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here.
+                continue;
+            ImGuiTableHeaderData request = { (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n, col_text, col_header_bg, (column_n == highlight_column_n) ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header) : 0 };
+            temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.push_back(request);
+        }
+
+    // Render row
+    TableAngledHeadersRowEx(row_id, g.Style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, 0.0f, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Data, temp_data->AngledHeadersRequests.Size);
 }
 
-void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float max_label_width)
+// Important: data must be fed left to right
+void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label_width, const ImGuiTableHeaderData* data, int data_count)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
@@ -3180,45 +3247,41 @@ void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float max_label_width)
 
     // Calculate our base metrics and set angled headers data _before_ the first call to TableNextRow()
     // FIXME-STYLE: Would it be better for user to submit 'max_label_width' or 'row_height' ? One can be derived from the other.
-    const float header_height = table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f + g.FontSize;
-    const float row_height = ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y);
-    const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a);
+    const float header_height = g.FontSize + g.Style.CellPadding.x * 2.0f;
+    const float row_height = ImTrunc(ImFabs(ImRotate(ImVec2(max_label_width, flip_label ? +header_height : -header_height), cos_a, sin_a).y));
     table->AngledHeadersHeight = row_height;
     table->AngledHeadersSlope = (sin_a != 0.0f) ? (cos_a / sin_a) : 0.0f;
+    const ImVec2 header_angled_vector = unit_right * (row_height / -sin_a); // vector from bottom-left to top-left, and from bottom-right to top-right
 
     // Declare row, override and draw our own background
     TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height);
     TableNextColumn();
+    const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, table->RowPosY2);
     table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0);
     float clip_rect_min_x = table->BgClipRect.Min.x;
     if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0)
         clip_rect_min_x = ImMax(clip_rect_min_x, table->Columns[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1].MaxX);
     TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, 0); // Cancel
     PushClipRect(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, false); // Span all columns
-    draw_list->AddRectFilled(table->BgClipRect.Min, table->BgClipRect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color.
+    draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Min.x, row_r.Min.y), ImVec2(table->BgClipRect.Max.x, row_r.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, 0.25f)); // FIXME-STYLE: Change row background with an arbitrary color.
     PushClipRect(ImVec2(clip_rect_min_x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y), table->BgClipRect.Max, true); // Span all columns
 
-    const ImRect row_r(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->BgClipRect.Min.y, table->WorkRect.Max.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + row_height);
-    const ImGuiID row_id = GetID("##AngledHeaders");
     ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL);
     KeepAliveID(row_id);
 
-    ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent);
-    int highlight_column_n = table->HighlightColumnHeader;
-    if (highlight_column_n == -1 && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1)
-        if (table_instance->HoveredRowLast == 0 && table->HoveredColumnBorder == -1 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == row_id || (table->IsActiveIdInTable || g.DragDropActive)))
-            highlight_column_n = table->HoveredColumnBody;
+    const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better
+    const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+    const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component
+    const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;
 
+    // Draw background and labels in first pass, then all borders.
     float max_x = 0.0f;
     for (int pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
-        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++)
+        for (int order_n = 0; order_n < data_count; order_n++)
         {
-            if (!IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder, order_n))
-                continue;
-            const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n];
+            const ImGuiTableHeaderData* request = &data[order_n];
+            const int column_n = request->Index;
             ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n];
-            if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) == 0) // Note: can't rely on ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible test here.
-                continue;
 
             ImVec2 bg_shape[4];
             bg_shape[0] = ImVec2(column->MaxX, row_r.Max.y);
@@ -3228,28 +3291,60 @@ void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float max_label_width)
             if (pass == 0)
             {
                 // Draw shape
-                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg));
-                if (column_n == highlight_column_n)
-                    draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header)); // Highlight on hover
-                //draw_list->AddQuad(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight), 1.0f);
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor0);
+                draw_list->AddQuadFilled(bg_shape[0], bg_shape[1], bg_shape[2], bg_shape[3], request->BgColor1); // Optional highlight
                 max_x = ImMax(max_x, bg_shape[3].x);
 
-                // Draw label (first draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset)
-                // FIXME: May be worth tidying up all those operations to make them easier to understand.
+                // Draw label
+                // - First draw at an offset where RenderTextXXX() function won't meddle with applying current ClipRect, then transform to final offset.
+                // - Handle multiple lines manually, as we want each lines to follow on the horizontal border, rather than see a whole block rotated.
                 const char* label_name = TableGetColumnName(table, column_n);
-                const float clip_width = max_label_width - (sin_a * table->RowCellPaddingY);
-                ImRect label_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width + (flip_label ? 0.0f : table->CellPaddingX), header_height + table->RowCellPaddingY));
-                ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, NULL, true);
-                ImVec2 label_off = ImVec2(flip_label ? ImMax(0.0f, max_label_width - label_size.x - table->CellPaddingX) : table->CellPaddingX, table->RowCellPaddingY);
-                int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
-                RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, label_r.Min + label_off, label_r.Max, label_r.Max.x, label_r.Max.x, label_name, NULL, &label_size);
-                //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { draw_list->AddRect(label_r.Min, label_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); }
-                int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+                const char* label_name_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label_name);
+                const float line_off_step_x = (g.FontSize / -sin_a);
+                const int label_lines = ImTextCountLines(label_name, label_name_end);
 
-                // Rotate and offset label
-                ImVec2 pivot_in = label_r.GetBL();
-                ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y) + (flip_label ? (unit_right * clip_width) : ImVec2(header_height, 0.0f));
-                ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset
+                // Left<>Right alignment
+                float line_off_curr_x = flip_label ? (label_lines - 1) * line_off_step_x : 0.0f;
+                float line_off_for_align_x = ImMax((((column->MaxX - column->MinX) - padding.x * 2.0f) - (label_lines * line_off_step_x)), 0.0f) * align.x;
+                line_off_curr_x += line_off_for_align_x - line_off_for_ascent_x;
+
+                // Register header width
+                column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX + ImCeil(label_lines * line_off_step_x - line_off_for_align_x);
+
+                while (label_name < label_name_end)
+                {
+                    const char* label_name_eol = strchr(label_name, '\n');
+                    if (label_name_eol == NULL)
+                        label_name_eol = label_name_end;
+
+                    // FIXME: Individual line clipping for right-most column is broken for negative angles.
+                    ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label_name, label_name_eol);
+                    float clip_width = max_label_width - padding.y; // Using padding.y*2.0f would be symmetrical but hide more text.
+                    float clip_height = ImMin(label_size.y, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->WorkMinX - line_off_curr_x);
+                    ImRect clip_r(window->ClipRect.Min, window->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(clip_width, clip_height));
+                    int vtx_idx_begin = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+                    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, request->TextColor);
+                    RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, clip_r.Max.x, clip_r.Max.x, label_name, label_name_eol, &label_size);
+                    PopStyleColor();
+                    int vtx_idx_end = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+
+                    // Up<>Down alignment
+                    const float available_space = ImMax(clip_width - label_size.x + ImAbs(padding.x * cos_a) * 2.0f - ImAbs(padding.y * sin_a) * 2.0f, 0.0f);
+                    const float vertical_offset = available_space * align.y * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f);
+
+                    // Rotate and offset label
+                    ImVec2 pivot_in = ImVec2(window->ClipRect.Min.x - vertical_offset, window->ClipRect.Min.y + label_size.y);
+                    ImVec2 pivot_out = ImVec2(column->WorkMinX, row_r.Max.y);
+                    line_off_curr_x += flip_label ? -line_off_step_x : line_off_step_x;
+                    pivot_out += unit_right * padding.y;
+                    if (flip_label)
+                        pivot_out += unit_right * (clip_width - ImMax(0.0f, clip_width - label_size.x));
+                    pivot_out.x += flip_label ? line_off_curr_x + line_off_step_x : line_off_curr_x;
+                    ShadeVertsTransformPos(draw_list, vtx_idx_begin, vtx_idx_end, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); // Rotate and offset
+                    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) { ImDrawList* fg_dl = GetForegroundDrawList(); vtx_idx_begin = fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx; fg_dl->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); ShadeVertsTransformPos(fg_dl, vtx_idx_begin, fg_dl->_VtxCurrentIdx, pivot_in, label_cos_a, label_sin_a, pivot_out); }
+
+                    label_name = label_name_eol + 1;
+                }
             }
             if (pass == 1)
             {
@@ -3259,7 +3354,7 @@ void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(float angle, float max_label_width)
         }
     PopClipRect();
     PopClipRect();
-    table->TempData->AngledheadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX);
+    table->TempData->AngledHeadersExtraWidth = ImMax(0.0f, max_x - table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX);
 }
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3962,7 +4057,7 @@ float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offse
     return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX);
 }
 
-static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f;
+static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f;
 
 static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
 {
@@ -3973,7 +4068,7 @@ static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index)
     IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0.
     IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index));
 
-    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x;
+    float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale) - window->Pos.x;
     x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
     if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths))
         x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
@@ -4288,7 +4383,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns()
             ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n];
             float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n);
             const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n);
-            const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH;
+            const float column_hit_hw = ImTrunc(COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_THICKNESS * g.CurrentDpiScale);
             const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2));
             if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
                 continue;

imgui_widgets.cpp

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.3
+// dear imgui, v1.90.9 WIP
 // (widgets code)
 
 /*
@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ Index of this file:
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion"           // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_')
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated
 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage"            // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"                // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
@@ -122,9 +123,9 @@ static const ImU64          IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // For InputTextEx()
-static bool             InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source);
-static int              InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
-static ImVec2           InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+static bool     InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard = false);
+static int      InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2   InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
 
 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc.
@@ -487,7 +488,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
 
     // Default only reacts to left mouse button
     if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0)
-        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_;
+        flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft;
 
     // Default behavior requires click + release inside bounding box
     if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0)
@@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
 
 #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
     // Alternate registration spot, for when caller didn't use ItemAdd()
-    if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id)
+    if (g.LastItemData.ID != id)
         IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, bb, NULL);
 #endif
 
@@ -536,6 +537,8 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
     const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id;
     if (hovered)
     {
+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // Lazily check inside rare path.
+
         // Poll mouse buttons
         // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId.
         // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine.
@@ -544,7 +547,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
         for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
             if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here.
             {
-                if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
+                if (IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiInputFlags_None, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; }
                 if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; }
             }
 
@@ -592,7 +595,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool
             // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above).
             // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings.
             if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat))
-                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+                if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, test_owner_id))
                     pressed = true;
         }
 
@@ -716,12 +719,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags
 
     // Render
     const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+#ifdef WIN98
+    const ImU32 fill_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, fill_col, 0.0f);
+
+    WinAddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, (held && hovered));
+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f));
+    RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+    PopStyleColor();
+#else
     RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
     RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
 
     if (g.LogEnabled)
         LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]");
     RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
+#endif
 
     // Automatically close popups
     //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
@@ -815,7 +828,11 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
 
     // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825)
     // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible?
+#ifdef WIN98 // close button size
+    const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(16.0f, 14.0f));
+#else
     const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+#endif
     ImRect bb_interact = bb;
     const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea();
     if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f)
@@ -834,14 +851,28 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
     // FIXME: Clarify this mess
     ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered);
     ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+
+#ifdef WIN98 // close button
+    IM_UNUSED(col);
+    const ImU32 fill_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, fill_col, 0.0f);
+    WinAddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, hovered && held);
+#else
     if (hovered)
         window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col);
+#endif
 
     float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f;
     ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
     center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+#ifdef WIN98 // close button icon
+    IM_UNUSED(cross_col);
+    IM_UNUSED(cross_extent);
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(2.0f, 2.0f), "\xC3\x97");
+#else
     window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
     window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f);
+#endif
 
     return pressed;
 }
@@ -851,7 +882,11 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
 
+#ifdef WIN98 // collapse button size
+    ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(16.0f, 14.0f));
+#else
     ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize));
+#endif
     bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id);
     bool hovered, held;
     bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None);
@@ -861,9 +896,20 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)
     // Render
     ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
     ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
+#ifdef WIN98 // collapse button
+    IM_UNUSED(bg_col);
+    IM_UNUSED(text_col);
+    const ImU32 fill_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg);
+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, fill_col, 0.0f);
+    WinAddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, hovered && held);
+
+    // collapse icon
+    RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(2.0f, 2.0f), "\xC3\x98");
+#else
     if (hovered || held)
         window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col);
     RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f);
+#endif
 
     // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold
     if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0))
@@ -913,10 +959,10 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
         if (!window->ScrollbarX)
             rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
     }
-    float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
+    float size_visible = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis];
     float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f;
     ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis];
-    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
+    ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_visible, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners);
     window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll;
 }
 
@@ -926,7 +972,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis)
 // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
 // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
 // Still, the code should probably be made simpler..
-bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
+bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_visible_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags)
 {
     ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
     ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
@@ -948,17 +994,28 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
     const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
     const bool allow_interaction = (alpha >= 1.0f);
 
+#ifdef WIN98
+    IM_UNUSED(flags);
+    ImRect bb = bb_frame;
+    float button_size = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetHeight() : bb.GetWidth();
+    ImVec2 button_size_rect(button_size, button_size);
+    ImVec2 main_axis((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? 0.0f : 1.0f);
+    ImVec2 main_axis_button_size = main_axis * button_size;
+
+    bb.Expand(main_axis * -button_size);
+#else
     ImRect bb = bb_frame;
     bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_width - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp(IM_TRUNC((bb_frame_height - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+#endif
 
     // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar)
     const float scrollbar_size_v = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
 
     // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
     // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
-    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
-    const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1);
-    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
+    IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers.
+    const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1);
+    const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v);
     const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
 
     // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
@@ -967,7 +1024,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
     ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
     ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
 
-    const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v);
+    const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_visible_v);
     float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
     float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space
     if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
@@ -978,32 +1035,69 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
         // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
         const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
 
-        bool seek_absolute = false;
+        const int held_dir = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm) ? -1 : (clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) ? +1 : 0;
         if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
         {
             // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
-            seek_absolute = (clicked_v_norm < grab_v_norm || clicked_v_norm > grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm);
-            if (seek_absolute)
-                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f;
-            else
-                g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+            g.ScrollbarSeekMode = (short)held_dir;
+            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0.0f) ? clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f : 0.0f;
         }
 
         // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll)
         // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position
-        const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
-        *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
+        if (g.ScrollbarSeekMode == 0)
+        {
+            // Absolute seeking
+            const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+            *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Page by page
+            if (IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && held_dir == g.ScrollbarSeekMode)
+            {
+                float page_dir = (g.ScrollbarSeekMode > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f;
+                *p_scroll_v = ImClamp(*p_scroll_v + (ImS64)(page_dir * size_visible_v), (ImS64)0, scroll_max);
+            }
+        }
 
         // Update values for rendering
         scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max);
         grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
 
-        // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
-        if (seek_absolute)
-            g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
+        // Update distance to grab now that we have seek'ed and saturated
+        //if (seek_absolute)
+        //    g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm * 0.5f;
     }
 
     // Render
+#ifdef WIN98 // scrollbar
+
+    ImRect grab_rect;
+    if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) {
+        grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y);
+    } else {
+        grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
+    }
+    WinAddRect(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, false);
+    {
+        const ImGuiID up_id = window->GetID("##scrollup");
+        ImRect button_bounds(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Min + button_size_rect);
+        bool held_up = false;
+        bool hovered_up = false;
+        /*bool pressed_up = */ ButtonBehavior(button_bounds, up_id, &hovered_up, &held_up, 0);
+        WinAddRect(button_bounds.Min, button_bounds.Max, (held_up && hovered_up));
+    }
+    {
+        const ImGuiID down_id = window->GetID("##scrolldown");
+        ImVec2 pos = bb_frame.Min + main_axis * (((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? bb_frame.GetWidth() : bb_frame.GetHeight()) - button_size);
+        ImRect button_bounds(pos, pos + button_size_rect);
+        bool held_down = false;
+        bool hovered_down = false;
+        /*bool pressed_down =*/ ButtonBehavior(button_bounds, down_id, &hovered_down, &held_down, 0);
+        WinAddRect(button_bounds.Min, button_bounds.Max, (held_down && hovered_down));
+    }
+#else
     const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg);
     const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha);
     window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags);
@@ -1013,6 +1107,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6
     else
         grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels);
     window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+#endif
 
     return held;
 }
@@ -1288,24 +1383,47 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over
     if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0))
         return;
 
-    // Render
-    fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
-    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
-    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
-    const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
-    RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding);
+    // Fraction < 0.0f will display an indeterminate progress bar animation
+    // The value must be animated along with time, so e.g. passing '-1.0f * ImGui::GetTime()' as fraction works.
+    const bool is_indeterminate = (fraction < 0.0f);
+    if (!is_indeterminate)
+        fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
 
-    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
-    char overlay_buf[32];
-    if (!overlay)
+    // Out of courtesy we accept a NaN fraction without crashing
+    float fill_n0 = 0.0f;
+    float fill_n1 = (fraction == fraction) ? fraction : 0.0f;
+
+    if (is_indeterminate)
     {
-        ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f);
-        overlay = overlay_buf;
+        const float fill_width_n = 0.2f;
+        fill_n0 = ImFmod(-fraction, 1.0f) * (1.0f + fill_width_n) - fill_width_n;
+        fill_n1 = ImSaturate(fill_n0 + fill_width_n);
+        fill_n0 = ImSaturate(fill_n0);
     }
 
-    ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
-    if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
-        RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb);
+    // Render
+    RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+    bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize));
+    RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), fill_n0, fill_n1, style.FrameRounding);
+
+    // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+    // Don't display text for indeterminate bars by default
+    char overlay_buf[32];
+    if (!is_indeterminate || overlay != NULL)
+    {
+        if (!overlay)
+        {
+            ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f);
+            overlay = overlay_buf;
+        }
+
+        ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+        if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+        {
+            float text_x = is_indeterminate ? (bb.Min.x + bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x) * 0.5f : ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fill_n1) + style.ItemSpacing.x;
+            RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(text_x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb);
+        }
+    }
 }
 
 void ImGui::Bullet()
@@ -1916,28 +2034,30 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(vo
         return false;
 
     // Display items
-    // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed)
     bool value_changed = false;
-    for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
-    {
-        const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
-        if (item_text == NULL)
-            item_text = "*Unknown item*";
-
-        PushID(i);
-        const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
-        if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
+    ImGuiListClipper clipper;
+    clipper.Begin(items_count);
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
+    while (clipper.Step())
+        for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
         {
-            value_changed = true;
-            *current_item = i;
+            const char* item_text = getter(user_data, i);
+            if (item_text == NULL)
+                item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+            PushID(i);
+            const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+            if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i)
+            {
+                value_changed = true;
+                *current_item = i;
+            }
+            if (item_selected)
+                SetItemDefaultFocus();
+            PopID();
         }
-        if (item_selected)
-            SetItemDefaultFocus();
-        PopID();
-    }
 
     EndCombo();
-
     if (value_changed)
         MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID);
 
@@ -2103,17 +2223,24 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const
 
 // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
 // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess..
-bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format)
+bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, void* p_data_when_empty)
 {
+    // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
+    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
+    ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
+    memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
+
     while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf))
         buf++;
     if (!buf[0])
+    {
+        if (p_data_when_empty != NULL)
+        {
+            memcpy(p_data, p_data_when_empty, type_info->Size);
+            return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0;
+        }
         return false;
-
-    // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all.
-    const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type);
-    ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
-    memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size);
+    }
 
     // Sanitize format
     // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf
@@ -2283,7 +2410,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const
         const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0;
         const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow);
         const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast);
-        const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
+        const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 10.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
         adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor;
         v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision));
     }
@@ -2442,7 +2569,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data,
     if (!temp_input_is_active)
     {
         // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText
-        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
         const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id));
         const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
         if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked))
@@ -3033,7 +3160,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat
     if (!temp_input_is_active)
     {
         // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
-        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
+        const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
         const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id);
         if (make_active && clicked)
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id);
@@ -3195,7 +3322,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d
         format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
 
     const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
-    const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id);
+    const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id);
     if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id)
     {
         if (clicked)
@@ -3426,18 +3553,18 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG
     DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format);
     ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf);
 
-    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited;
+    ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
 
     bool value_changed = false;
     if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags))
     {
         // Backup old value
         size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size;
-        ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup;
+        ImGuiDataTypeStorage data_backup;
         memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size);
 
         // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp
-        DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+        DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format, NULL);
         if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max)
         {
             if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0)
@@ -3453,6 +3580,13 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG
     return value_changed;
 }
 
+void ImGui::SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data)
+{
+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal;
+    memcpy(&g.NextItemData.RefVal, p_data, DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size);
+}
+
 // Note: p_data, p_step, p_step_fast are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For an Input widget, p_step and p_step_fast are optional.
 // Read code of e.g. InputFloat(), InputInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly.
 bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step, const void* p_step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags)
@@ -3467,16 +3601,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
     if (format == NULL)
         format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt;
 
+    void* p_data_default = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal) ? &g.NextItemData.RefVal : &g.DataTypeZeroValue;
+
     char buf[64];
-    DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_DisplayEmptyRefVal) && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_data, p_data_default) == 0)
+        buf[0] = 0;
+    else
+        DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format);
 
     flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string.
+    flags |= (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint;
 
     bool value_changed = false;
     if (p_step == NULL)
     {
         if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags))
-            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
     }
     else
     {
@@ -3486,7 +3626,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data
         PushID(label);
         SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2));
         if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view
-            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format);
+            value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format, (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyRefVal) ? p_data_default : NULL);
         IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable);
 
         // Step buttons
@@ -3916,9 +4056,8 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons
 }
 
 // Return false to discard a character.
-static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source)
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, bool input_source_is_clipboard)
 {
-    IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard);
     unsigned int c = *p_char;
 
     // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467)
@@ -3933,7 +4072,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, Im
         apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted.
     }
 
-    if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)
+    if (input_source_is_clipboard == false)
     {
         // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817)
         if (c == 127)
@@ -3949,7 +4088,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, Im
         return false;
 
     // Generic named filters
-    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)))
+    if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint)))
     {
         // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'.
         // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'.
@@ -3959,7 +4098,7 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, Im
         // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions.
         ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
         const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.IO.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint;
-        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))
+        if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | (ImGuiInputTextFlags)ImGuiInputTextFlags_LocalizeDecimalPoint))
             if (c == '.' || c == ',')
                 c = c_decimal_point;
 
@@ -4283,6 +4422,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id);
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id);
         }
+        // FIXME: May be a problem to always steal Alt on OSX, would ideally still allow an uninterrupted Alt down-up to toggle menu
         if (is_osx)
             SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, id);
     }
@@ -4415,15 +4555,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
         // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes)
         if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && !is_readonly)
         {
-            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
             {
                 unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
-                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
                     state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
             }
             // FIXME: Implement Shift+Tab
             /*
-            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+            if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab | ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat, id))
             {
             }
             */
@@ -4431,7 +4571,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
         // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
         // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters.
-        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper);
+        const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl);
         if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0)
         {
             if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav)
@@ -4441,7 +4581,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                     unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n];
                     if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above.
                         continue;
-                    if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                    if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
                         state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
                 }
 
@@ -4461,25 +4601,26 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
 
         const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
         const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl;                     // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl
-        const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
+        const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt;  // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End
 
         // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText)
         // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active.
         const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
-        const bool is_cut   = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
-        const bool is_copy  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id))  && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
-        const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly;
-        const bool is_undo  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
-        const bool is_redo =  (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
-        const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id);
+        const bool is_cut   = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_copy  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0,        id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl  | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0,        id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection());
+        const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly;
+        const bool is_undo  = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_redo =  (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable;
+        const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id);
 
         // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful.
         const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
         const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true);
         const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false));
-        const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat));
+        const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, f_repeat, id) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, f_repeat, id));
 
         // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of.
+        // FIXME-OSX: Missing support for Alt(option)+Right/Left = go to end of line, or next line if already in end of line.
         if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow))                        { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); }
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow))                  { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); }
         else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline)     { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); }
@@ -4504,7 +4645,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             {
                 if (is_wordmove_key_down)
                     state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
-                else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl)
+                else if (is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper)
                     state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
             }
             state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask);
@@ -4524,7 +4665,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
             else if (!is_readonly)
             {
                 unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
-                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard))
+                if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data))
                     state->OnKeyPressed((int)c);
             }
         }
@@ -4591,7 +4732,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                 {
                     unsigned int c;
                     s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
-                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard))
+                    if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, true))
                         continue;
                     clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
                 }
@@ -4674,7 +4815,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_
                 // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
                 ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
                 ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None;
-                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id))
+                if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, 0, id))
                 {
                     event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
                     event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
@@ -6179,13 +6320,17 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label);
     const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false);
 
+    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2);   // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing
+    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);            // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+    const float text_width = g.FontSize + label_size.x + padding.x * 2;                         // Include collapsing arrow
+
     // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
     const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2);
     const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0 && (g.CurrentTable != NULL);
     ImRect frame_bb;
     frame_bb.Min.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x;
     frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
-    frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
+    frame_bb.Max.x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth) ? window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_width + padding.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x;
     frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height;
     if (display_frame)
     {
@@ -6195,16 +6340,13 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l
         frame_bb.Max.x += IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f);
     }
 
-    const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2);           // Collapsing arrow width + Spacing
-    const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);                    // Latch before ItemSize changes it
-    const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f);  // Include collapsing
     ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y);
     ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y);
 
     // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
     ImRect interact_bb = frame_bb;
-    if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0)
-        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f;
+    if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0)
+        interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f);
 
     // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable..
     const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x;
@@ -6456,7 +6598,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond)
         return;
     g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen;
     g.NextItemData.OpenVal = is_open;
-    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
+    g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always);
 }
 
 // CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag).
@@ -6498,6 +6640,10 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl
         float button_size = g.FontSize;
         float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size);
         float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+#ifdef WIN98
+        button_x -= 4;
+        button_y -= 1;
+#endif
         ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id);
         if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y)))
             *p_visible = false;
@@ -6740,7 +6886,7 @@ ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags f
     g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
 
     // Handle backspace
-    if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
+    if ((flags & ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
     {
         char* p = (char*)(void*)ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(data->SearchBuffer, data->SearchBuffer + buffer_len);
         *p = 0;
@@ -6928,6 +7074,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
         ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
         RenderText(label_pos, label);
         window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size);
+        AlignTextToFramePadding();
     }
 
     BeginChild(id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle);
@@ -6971,6 +7118,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(
     bool value_changed = false;
     ImGuiListClipper clipper;
     clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to.
+    clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(*current_item);
     while (clipper.Step())
         for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
         {
@@ -7489,7 +7637,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled)
         // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar
         // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction.
         // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin()
-        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
+        popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight);
         window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
         PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y));
         float w = label_size.x;
@@ -8255,7 +8403,7 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindTabByOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, int order)
 
 ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarGetCurrentTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar)
 {
-    if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx <= 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
+    if (tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx < 0 || tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size)
         return NULL;
     return &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx];
 }

imstb_textedit.h

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 //   1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management
 //   1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash
 //   1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield
-//   1.10 (2016-10-25) supress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
+//   1.10 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual
 //   1.9  (2016-08-27) customizable move-by-word
 //   1.8  (2016-04-02) better keyboard handling when mouse button is down
 //   1.7  (2015-09-13) change y range handling in case baseline is non-0

imstb_truetype.h

@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip);
 // If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which
 // there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then
-// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph,
+// codepoints without a glyph received the font's "missing character" glyph,
 // typically an empty box by convention.
 
 STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph,  // same data as above

misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 //  2023/01/04: fixed a packing issue which in some occurrences would prevent large amount of glyphs from being packed correctly.
 //  2021/08/23: fixed crash when FT_Render_Glyph() fails to render a glyph and returns NULL.
 //  2021/03/05: added ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap to load bitmap glyphs.
-//  2021/03/02: set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' to help some backends with deciding of a prefered texture format.
+//  2021/03/02: set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' to help some backends with deciding of a preferred texture format.
 //  2021/01/28: added support for color-layered glyphs via ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor (require Freetype 2.10+).
 //  2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas().
 //  2020/06/04: fix for rare case where FT_Get_Char_Index() succeed but FT_Load_Glyph() fails.